schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

268

Transcript of schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Page 1: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 2: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

^%,xrft&SjZM

^

G;3^

Page 3: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 4: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 5: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 6: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2011 with funding from

Boston Public Library

http://www.archive.org/details/schoolofintonati3711sevc

Page 7: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

On an Harmonic Basis

Por

ViolininSV PARTS

by

^r

l!

Contents of

Book III*

INTERMEDIATE STUDIESFROM THE 2nd TO THE 7th POSITION

Price Each Part

$1.75

PART VII: CHROMATIC SHIFTING onone and on two Strings, with Controlling

Open String.—The Augmented Second.—Harmonic Minor Scales, with Bowing-Exer-cises for Detache,Legato, Staccato and Spiccato.

PART VIII: CONSONANT CHORDS:Placing the Fingers for the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth, with Exercises for Bow-ing.—Preparation of the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth.—The Major and the MinorTriad in Double-Stops.—The Brolien Triad

in various Keys, with Changes of Bowing.—DISSONANT CHORDS: The Diminish-

ed Triad, with Enharmonic Changes, in

Single Tones and Double-Stops.

PART IX: The Diminished Triad contin-

ued.—The AugmentedTriad in Single Tonesand Double Stops, with Exercises for

Fingering and Bowing.

PART X: The Chord of the Dominant Sev-

enth in all Keys.—The Chord of the Dom-inant Seventh in Arpeggios through the

Circle of Fifths in all Positions, with vari-

ous kinds of Bowing.—The Chord of the

Diminished Seventh in various Keys, with

Exercises for Fingering and Bowing.

PART XI: The Chord of the Diminished

Seventh continued.—Uniform Shifting of

Fingers on one String, with a Controlling

Open String.—The same on two Strings.

Shifting of the Double-Stops of the Dimin-

ished Fifth, the Diminished Seventh,the MinorThird and the Major Sixth, with a Controll-

ing Open String.—Exercises for Shifting

Positions and Finger-Exercises employing

different Combinations of Stops for the

Chord of the Diminished Seventh.—Stretch-

ing of Fingers.

Page 8: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 9: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

PART VII.

2nd - 7th Position.

Contents.

Chromatic Shiftings on one and ontwo strings, with controlling openstring, in the 2n-d - 7t-h position.

The augmented Second in the 2&d -

7t-h position.

Harmonic Minor Scaleswith bowing-exercises for Detache, Legato, Staccato

and Spiccato in the 2nd - Imposition.

+©+

. 13. /?2-2-

ABTEILUNG VII.

2.- 7. Lage.

Inhalt.

Chromatische Riickungen auf einer

und aufzwei Saiten, mit kontrolie-

render leerer Saite, inder 2.-7. Lage.Die iibermiissige Sekunde in der

2.-7. Lage.Harmonische Moll-Tonleitern mit

Bogeniibungen fur Detache, Legato,

Staccato und Spiccato in der 2.-7. Lage.

—-+©+Chromatic Shiftings on one string

- in the 2nd - 7th position.

Chromatic shiftingwith the 2 n_d and the 3rd finger,

keeping the l 3-* finger on the string.

2nd Position.

ChromatischeRiickungen auf'einerSaitejn\dqr2.-7. Lage.

1.

Chromatische Riickungdes 2. und 3. Fingers

mit Liegenlassen des 1. Fingers

2. Lage.

PARTIE VII.

3me _ 7me Position.

Table des Matieres.

Glissements chromatiques sur uneet sur deux cordes, avec controle d'unecorde a vide, a la 2m.e -7 In

.e position.

La Seconde augmentee a la 2m.e —7 nle position.

Gammes Mineures Harmoniques avecexercices du coup d'archetpour le Detache,

Legato, Staccato et Spiccato a la 2me-7me position.

+0+-

Glissements chromatiques sur une cordea la 2 1?e -71°e position.

Glissement chromatique du 2nLe

et du 3 1?6 doigt, pendant que le le-r doigt

reste pose sur la corde.

2m.e Position.

rf|

frr?i;?^i

trirt^ L

rirTff

|

^f'|frfr|

ff|fffffi

rri

fffr fr fI 'Trfri'rr

\ftfe p. a.

-/£—J m f F\

* F f m\ J-> J> \\?p p \

iSf m~p 1 ho e 1 m$f f~F \\p fV | f -F f F ? ? II

«/ O 1-L _o 1 n 1 '

m } fj m i—0

o 1. o o

i m feVlM. rj rJ

rw

rw'T r

a a a-ro i. O 1 O i-

y ,

^

\—r. n—~—

;—

i

r: r-n1

1-

fro ?F •-*— pp i p i- \>r* r* '

i

\>m J * m—— —— ' h

v r v>

'

O 1

i

i

—a \

l ZJ ^2

«!>•*• r- a

1 o 1 o o

jjiJ^jijUijjUi ' jiji '^i'^ijy^ * » * e e

l—

1

JjJ JJ l||J J ' Jji Jj \j i I i J j J '^ J ' fpp TjB^-ff

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 10: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

^rri rtrrifr i

frrri

tfirWf2!^ m~-—m. ff

i

rfrfib

ff2.ffi

&7t &+)n^Urr^mrm o o\}Q O

| p^» Tj» ^i pzp

|

V I

'Um^mfey«-so H o P o

o o

P^e e e f i p r-^i ~i^y

3

/p p pp p |Pp p t»n»zts ^- po a

llfjpijJjJlb^l

Jb^pl^ll

jJ^Jl

!,M J * vcj:?rJ rJ ~rt~-~Vr~ ~*&-& &-&

# \>a g ¥ jjjUi 'bjujiUi ' bjjjJ- w J wjjj '^v•—d-*- +-J-+* w m o p -LJ-:

^j u J g^j i j j i^jjj i

uJ J i^jjJjJ iJ i y^jjjW^ i

jj

3.3^jjjjUi 'jj^ui^jji^j^ijyj'jii

JiJ '^ 'j^yj '

jiiJiJ 'iiJj

iiijj^^rr^r^r i

^^i n j|^5- -

'^ ^ Itf^ft*^ I tjo Q 1 ipS*W~ * p p

o o

fij^I p

pid^Tp i flp p i itr^rr rl T Htfrfrf$ flttffirf

l**r fl rtffirf ft' Htif^ffTl^-e—lt-&

ft»^rVr i ftp p| jj»^|»

Vi> |^pp|

»^SSm rrfrlT

itr^r^rrri ff

i*ffrftepi^y zts

¥^1 '^

i

tfrn^rT^i

*^ t^i^r^^rf^i

11

^t^

i^r^Pr^!*^!^!*^^^^^!

11^"^ -p^^^^

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 11: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Chromatic shifting

of the 2 n.d and 3rd finger

with controlling open string.

3rd Position.

2.Chromatische Ruckungdes 2. und 3. Fingers

mit kontroUierender leerer Suite.

3. Lage.

Glissement chromatiquedu2nieet duS^doigt

avec controle dune corde a vide.

3me Position.

p tTT^f>^m^fmfffmnf^:frff^1. f&sil-

\*fL& 1 n 1

frff|

Tf|

fTff irr i^fc mW \ -Wm -grz s qgfzp aI m \>0 * W tStp v

\

m m$r-fr^lSH&

-q-r. mizMo o o 1_

&gi

0% »0~m Mo o

o 1 o 1.

&m e ow m

73—

a

o i. o i o i

rirrJj

iJ^ i

i" ]J

i^JJ-j i

|

i

^(J

i

Jbrjr i^rirrrr i i'i'irr

J^jJ

Jr ir"rr"rfe

o i.

T—Z± >^^ J.J bJ IjlJJi 1

I j lJU J ^g#e o •

m-

o 1 o 1 -& •& -*j\d a

I§ B J Ib J J JJ \ J J"iJJJ.J I

J.J ' UiJ^fRj f 'fr

73~a-&-&

V ~*J^{ ~&~&

frr,

¥r,ft

T?r|

''rrl

fffr|

f fiffrf

i

'ff^frf . ff . rfrf/ffo -m- oP=F=P

2. «QE

hU bir^|

Tf|

ffrf|ff|

ffrri

friTrff :; iv rv I gai a i Ifczzp:a a

PCS3 p o %? ? \ m^r~*?a (3 ,

'* P

O O O 1 o 1.

3

#P ?\mWmf^??0- 0T-0

o o

^erri'Tw^r iza a zap* J * gzzzz i*-1^ c a o p%m

m j P|

* J H " "I fj^J,"M " IM^j* y J * Ji>JJJU<J 'J.JJ.J'i>gg'J^*4f ti

* j * ' ggsr^ TIT

§> j. J j,

J

i^J ^ U*U^ ^ ^^ J.

^J.

* ^j ^ U^J ^ § J U»JJ U gi WiJjbt±^

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 12: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

m iH i i H3.fflE

#ff~£M k* b

ff ,fnf B ff , roi^£ M. Jt

#j^ 7* a ^i» »

£ ^(D-

P o.

#—•"nr r ,

r^~p »

»

<tr r itf

o a.-* *^o o o o

1 30—0 w m^"*- *

§TPfi3 3^F £*• "C

Chromatic shiftings

with controlling open string.

4^ Position.

3.

Ghromatische Riickungen

mitkontrollierendzr lesrer Saite.

4. Lage.

Glissements chromatiques

avec controle dune corde a vide.

4m.e Position.

_* -f-0-m s-m^m &&_ 0-flmSg: Ait: &££ fpfPf "£ S fSfift f S £ttf8n1. ^s

fete ffcif tea Beft fe^n fff .Tf . rfff . ffd^^JL 1

o 0- o w- o o* i ad rrzzzzzm f §*,r*

-o-"t

i i

(O p *-^M> ^ *

i

rTr p> i f g i ftff f?

.tpf i HrTTl TT iPr*

^?—

1

0$r$r i f^rfr i

1^ r i f$r r? i^ p i fr rr i r^ p i fr ij i i i w—i . i ^ -ji

rfls - II m m r. r* t\ * * m-£¥ e—

'

' 1 1'

1 1—

i

1 1—

i

' 1—e—i—e—i—i—o—o—u

i—

I

1v i Si

> r-> I , 3

\?o a -aTbj* J~0 -^ &gg ir^rrri rr i r^

tfr I r*rrr 1**M==B P Q ac=z« p= gza r-1

o 1 o 1-

fe^5^tm- wh0 u a =jt=j•X d cJ _TT fcfcfcrt po a bf J J 4j*;^r

i

e eo l o 1 o o #1-

s J * J IbrJ?? IJ J

-4 1

^JJ 1

iJJH'fe^^^'qj «*-(& d I *g** a msfag I* J* \>oo Ui?«-*-» srs?

fyify 3-s-

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 13: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

#]!:£ *$£*£: ££ $££ *$£*£ BB ^Zti #££2. BBE ^f

,

rf,

ffrf,

l

ff,

i

aFrf ,ff,ffrf,Tf,rFff,ff,ffrf

^gTf. Iji* ^f7> fe^ m&tm-k kk& £#?£l£ ffrf .TF . rfrf .Tf .aeie

o o1—p

1* MT

11.

tfpp>|f

^pr> . f ^ |(

rp^ .^ p|(

^p7> .i i

3[ m

iflp P

^farf It|

bo p "j^p * r "^zrzz

Z2ZZZ P (O Tr-f*

o o

tip p I

J gg ^Fff bp p ^f^dp~:zg p p p- a a ~j e e r

o o

5a a rJ g«—

©

*-* s>—s> • •* x *

P P ^ /T. a a l- _=g bo o ' ¥* n • «—© p » p m

77 77

3. TSFSF jjjjJJij7Pjh^JOT jT1j wjv j 1j^^bJjijbjjj^o 1 o 1

(D-(2)-

3Pe—t-e ]—

|

L-

e

&——

|

1' q^ -&—;—|—|— —

| -\}J 1 Jb"0—0 *

o o-+-0-O , 1

53=o * m o P—©iir r I

frrTr^ O m OP^5 JJJJbp r lbJ JJJJ J^ -e -e—1-

o o o _ ofr r\ ttr°r to r ,

atfpa^j-.farai t

p » tog f ^ fs

rimtfrrr^* m. £~>ltce lE~if£ ^rTftlAF

ff . -f-fff

"liT^?? ^tTv^tt- ^t^t^tt ^5~etee 'ijnyff i .TcfTf i .f.frss 3E

Sevcik. Op. 11,VII

Page 14: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Chromatic shiftings

with controlling open string.

5th Position.

Chromatische Ruckungenmitkontrollierender leerer Suite.

5. Lage.

Glissements chromatiques

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

5me Position.

l.ffl rr t~ i rrrr 1 prfn M i trr* ^ & ^

i

ii»-ff: £*£* !>£::£: t»*»* bi2j2. ^Wm 1 1

o— o — o o -••• l/-

ST? IS f3 f?

*Wb.^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ lSHS>-

ig1 1 in.

j IJ-. J »-w I ^i>7 gg r; wjrfr jjg g I g P»#---(• lSHS>

ZZZZ £-e e 1 o o » o

Beg » |t||V g I g1 1 IV.

\>i? g =d^pes stzzZ2ZZZ

o dO 1-

gJJ Jy m 11 gg§ I

r^ r^

1SSSb IS§ 8 ^' jj jj U J 1 JtJ J J

I J J II

-> a ^fe^^t. b)42 a ^^* ^^ 5 '

fsf .Tf .fTFF .Tf . fffF . ff .fffF .TF.ffff.fl^l010 00

3a ^ ^ -~I 3

2.^

\>p.Q. \>M^immmmM 11.._j—

az \>» g JjTp ti p g ^«7«W ^pp hp|»

010

Ua -is~i

rfrf iTr

. rT rf 1mmm frfr\>p a ,1?

ni.

^§ #pp |»fl%l ttpp i ^frTtttti^^l f it1»T^ 0^0 &-&

IV. 1

r Htfrri p r r ri

t1

Pr irr ^ M ^ 1

4

J22

o* cT

P|§ j@ ^I J|H Jm flrJrJ 1 J||J ^zb|e e zzzs

<2 &o o

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 15: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

IV.1_

3. ?te

(D-(2)-

43£

o

* * J JflJ J

' J^I ~» *

p T^ff—» ' m w*0—0-

O o_ o o_

tfJJJ

J*»J J

I

JJJJI IJJ WJiJlpJ

O O o o o o o o

III.

e ©- P==P

4 4,

^>p>r BBS r is* ^r^r r i*r pr^r r i fir)4 r i^Tr) "

Sii.

,

" a " aj| e

|rVTrff | rf^ff

i rWr^ ifl^ -e o j o—o-

#- o *O O

JC=P ^r r iptfO l1 o _ o o

Chromatic shiftings

with controlling open string.

exposition.

5.

Chromatische Riickungen

mitkontrollierender leerer Saite.

rfimfi ft Eft*

i.JpE?

6. Lags.

i t* l(* ** ft

Jirnrji

Glissements chromatiques

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

gme Position.

ftftggjgftft&g gffgo o

,» -m. a U3

l2 II.

AJLfc? Pft**ftft Hft-.ftft ***** b***** - • - 2 i>^ >

Htl fgff fif£gPPiF£frF

irtfrf

i

f jif PnmmMMrr ifTr^fnrr

i

trrff i Trrffi

frrffi

frrffifrf^

fy-ggft ft, *«»** >£»»**,» *-*Trrrfirrrrr

itgg

m.2

* _ * a

*<r

[rrriTcrrrircrrrircfrnrtrrnTcrrnrrrrrrrcr iIV.

*3, 1.

^3*^P*JJJ«S ^jjjj

if ttJjr±ai g •-•o o o o

-. 2

I r^rr^^ J<j i'^^ J^^ m i^m¥ J J' ' "lo o o

Sevoik Op. 11, VII

Page 16: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2. WG1 B16"!

*- ft^ * S: 3*: ^ Vb. ~9l ^£l &Trf i ffr i* . fplPi-^ rif-^ff. afarf^

1

»^kf i^rif^rf', £r^rf:

f:

,f:

»f:

»fr .fir^r r.h^-^riyf^f^h^r^rif^r

in.

K» p P I r F P a I Oa°»^ 1*1 opp opl]pp| opo p l'F F Io^p o FRF F I

o F1^= ~~ =z==z= -p- ^r- p p i p p—p

— —

m

• a m azp proz bp P [g

IV.

si JbJ JI Jb^j=^*-&*-*p •

o o* ^2"

o o /

i Si IS* fc-t-tfc«7

*~O C

a—^p—

p

o o^- o o~~P P WW" WW WW'O O

v

VO O V O O V O o vo o

Chromatic shiftings

with controlling open string.

7th Position.

6.Ghromatische Ruckungen

mit kontrollierender leerer Saite.

7. Lage.

Grlissements chromatiques

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

7m-e Position.

rkt£ ilft#: rkrt- £ £ ftrt #1 £ tf£&. '*ff 1%milP~*- 42 A fe^ iS^lS^

1. 2HI

£&££ % £ €t£t1 1

o — O — O op~

I fJ 7? "frf|

Pfrriffrri

¥f|Pfff|

ff*' p

o 1. -e e—t-

te^ 1 1

r?r?|

^l

f¥ff|ff|

Pfffff|

f?f>|

¥fl

ft

Tff|

rrl

rf jT

P ' P ' : rJ <*,

-e e 1—q—e-

m.p - i < p frp" p> |

tl;rv ^ i wi^Pw p lar^ r^ i p tf|

g Q|PjU P p I g g I Pft iW P p

| |]g O#- •

o o 1 -

i 1 IV.

Eg g I -MP w P1 1-

1^-fS1

J 1J J JIfoJ g3=tEO=S

o oo o 1.

gjF

rJ

r i

1|

r

i i

» p - zzz Ss£P3£? rrr iTr iT 2Z2Z2Z «5J g g

7^7 3T sr

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 17: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

£ -0- PP- -0-P-o -— o

Si> #|e #ns> £? *ST£ teg ^f*£ g£ if*^¥^ifffffP

1*-|»-

2.fflzMZZ3

u3

§£te£±8ff*£ |ii£o oa;

II.

1'":fc

ri

f ffifTrr^firmT^-lS^

-©- O 1

%&& ^ff~V ££ ^~ ft teg: 1f£~~£: ^£ b£*i*rTrfTfirTrf .

ffi

rfffi

ffi

rTrfi

Tfi

rfrfi

ff^Tffi

ffi

Yrrrz2=a:

JII.

l> u u \U V V I » m &-& 0^ &-& (3(2,0

$? ? I 0^0-?&§

i P ei»—n» ^S £

(•—

^

o 1.

IV.0-=-0 to. rj \\>0-j-0

J J J EEBi^T? bpp -J^f-jh*^zszszr 3J2aqg=«i Qz2zz: e oa a _:o o

f r I Jr J r I p p 1 J r J rB p IJV J r I

^ '- at ;d (VZJZg

ZTSf

^ffftt :=&£:£: ^ £1

— £: ^£ Jtfe^ '"fe

*

3.3ffiCLLTJ

'

' CLLCJ

:r^%^: ttg^>^^ £~|>#*l£ **f~^ ¥ £frf

iffrr

-e—tr

farb

f f , ffiif *f f I gfgff fo •• o-m..— jz_ o — otf^Vft?:* "Iff~*ftft ft^ft^it*:*- tl*

-^mmm

£

b«*b.ff . fsfsTrrffffff

in.

o B £f sj^jgf*

• - • ottrriflr^Tfefc a n [>p » I [?< rH^

ac=M MZ=M

IV.

3e » 5P£ £o o

*^ ^^£jr ri*j*jrr^

O O o o

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 18: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10

Chromatic shiftings

on two strings

with controlling open string.

2nd Position.

1.

Chromatische Riickungen

auf zwei Saiten

mitkontrollierender leerer Saite.

2. Lage.

Grlissements chromatiquessur deux cordes

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

2me Position.

Q SSS i»i»V *lfr¥ ^ff:— o p -ff bffr brrv °^r> :^rp

!• W) V 1

i rrr i

r

r^rirr^r irT^r i f rf r i rT^r i rrrr iirT^f i rf^

JfV «T^ oiftrfr

irryrirrfrirr^rirT^rirrrriPPP

i

ttpp^iPP

o. o. -0- -0-

I4 4

g | j J ^ .stt^ . ^if jsttpf . ffa .ftps

(3).

t2 ,2 2il A \ A A OO OO OO UU.i U O, ^ O O il UOi oo%[\» if^rr liPPr i^¥ irVf i Pr^f irVPirV¥ i H ^Frr¥¥

te . J o 1©- o t Ijf2. o VP- o -e- o

g I P ^ g tei l

Sfa^ei p^A

bi^ Mt± A^ °^ p^f °^ °a> pur j r it

ry j fb

ff, j *PfI j g||II I I

'

I I

'

I I

1

I I II q I o I o I o W(4).

p\H *r \ t #

^Hippi^lii^flttflTiff^^^2. ffiEp~F z?z:

>f Tr'r ifVnrrf ir'rf l'rrf ir^rf n J rF i Jtir ? U rtp Ufr r i

±f 1' 1 1 1 1 1 1—1 1 1—i—

1

M

1 u—e—

I

1 1—e—

1

1 —e—11 —e—1—i '

arr rrpFm \tr\r,\\

riO l 1 1 O l 01 a . O l Ol i O l O l Ji —i O l O l ,, . O l Ola , O l O l L .

1 C -

Itij I°

l

°l hjj I °l °

l ii..imzz=::^;r22 W ar m r ar m m-J3L

¥

Sevcik Op. II, VII

Page 19: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

u

-A ~\A 1* ? ^ ^ ^ a? i* m\p ^r-

2 .

(4).

l .i? \±.\?\} f ty I i riH m m ammmmsmmmm

i

1nr\r Jzez^P i^lfP 1-

2 1

1 fflpfrf | |

* P lJP

|

^>|;*~>-u

#= *-e i—

e

1 1

i—e—'—

I

i—

e

i

• 1 *—i—e "—i-e

**±

1 1 i 4 4#_j!L

;r * nr p ppo f,*fcBE^^ ZE

iM=aiP=S f 1 1; J 1 1;* f i ii »p

-p -p- « -p

br I II ->f t)

m- &&znM

J.

wTT~

3- qU j j r Ltt^ iffM i^ i^ l^ 1^ MF b

r i^frr f/'ij^ i pw^

1;J |plJt;rJm

ffi ' Jttf^i^ 2Z

11ra

• 2 '2(1). o

lTT* o

11

^ a—a a—

a

s—©— 9—©

HJ tfjti J J m i ' J J ^ itT *33 2 fl &1

o * -o gr^ rr™ tt° rr° tt° rr

$ &w i jm \)m i jjj ijji ijji Uj'd. ujd uj'j. ijji ujtfT^Tr^Tf ° I" ° o o-S1 m -0- -£)

o - o o

o-p—

*

o

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 20: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12

We3 3

yr m 3 3

tt- I mtrw- \>r 1 I § J I;J 1 l|;J i£¥ b J 1 J\>J ^

s J b i>| j jj J lJ

1 J |J H J bpIF y^§ * 1>«

r is j i f^

,,

1*—^=1 1

^ Z2-

|E^^^^^|j=EI I^Jgl |

JI gg 1 U I |H J» | jj 1

BggigfEg l | ^ <rU »fc^Epg^|I J-

4. 3Pt ji ' JiJ'V J ' J J^J P nJ JV JW J ^ J Wij 1 Jb^

1JbJ J hj^J^B^^^jlJUJijJ IJJ^J 1ppajV' i ^J IjnJ 1 i^J 1

i %

i 1

# #

4Ji U J

J " J JH ' J^^U U un J 1 ijg^^*

iiJ 'iaJj 'J J J ' JJ J ^i^J P J 'JH'J U'Hr "if law *

4 4 4.

u j'i'

J ij,j,j J i^f « w^ ' j jj? iJ J

'ttJjfcy;

r

l^ j ^^W^Wiiidm-»s

* ff* • 1JH -""*"* ****

3 2 2 1.

* iSjJiK

isnjSlf^

tS—

s

F ip*^ '

iiffp

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 21: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Chromatic shiftings

on two strings

with controlling open string.

3r.d Position.

m-VO. fl-f-

2.

Ghromatische Ruckungen

auf zwei Saiten

mit kontrollierender leerer Saite.

3. Lage.

& fe £

13

Glissements chromatiques

sur deux cordes

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

3me Position.

1. ffi^•— »—-&

sf^f .sfY ,gff I sf*fi

ajf i sf*f - ;pf irff nf^f §£te

*tbfejg. ^ka^ Yf¥ jgjjj fe'f¥ rfefefca %4g .^ff^.JJff ,¥f¥

3 3*gi f f

*p Btpf |^f f f 1*^ f f |»

!>••<*> *

rrpfriR

ffriffri'(2)- o o

\>u \n *=m #"T» ^ a il;p prs 2zz:

2. 3S« mo O

k \rf\\r*?\\?U\rk\\)h?\\?V\M\i \Trk$fl^P r-> 1 pl;#p |tj|,|»tyg|ttrf¥-to—•-—i—«—-i—«—i— —j—

\—«4- —-

y——-gjf e-l ' o 1

•—©—

1

L-e—

1

' o 1i-e—\—'—"-p—'—'

L p L-

o lo

* po o

•o

=#=*ffc lit

i 1

r ftp1

1

^rfTV^p iHr^p ifr ^ i

#=po

P P Plo o o

o

po

o o o

tea ^Pii^ifiif r I f?»rr i r^r1

' ^TftHffttf iff*

o, o

J JfeI

f ftt

I lo *o '.

II I o I I lo 1 1 I p lo "I

~^io

inlfSM4^ 4

flrr^r i r^r^rf2 * -f- -f

2- f*- f* -f

2- F" F- i

2 -"- F F f2 f2-i

=pF 9-&»J 1*- ft- -Si

top=pj p=n^=||

4 4

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 22: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

H

3. ^pFn#-*-»i

«#» i

«-? S = ]Z

* s*Eg

1

J

J tl

bJl [JhJi • i

)l .Jj l > J b.J ^s fc?^ igr^ i -•

g «^^=«^^222 zatnzz

j-jui

jijj n^JiiJ^i^^i p-p^jh^jji j p^ i^Tr i

b

f pp itfPo o

$ I * =*^ |t;«r «r ii

.i.i

l?p i t)i> *f l^pti p r I S r r*t

lo lo ' lo lo 'o lo ' lo- lo ttr^rt^fro o

m * » 1 0l^ a a. A.1ftffff^1^W-W^9-^9-f^9- m$ n 9-99

O 3.4 4 --

4' #^.iU '-JbJbJ IIE3B; bJnJ l*^^w=g^g>J J I* F^F£Z. vm a '_. • p<5

.9- 9 —^\o

^Ml

. 4 41 1—

:

a1

11

4

"a

|4 $,} 1 \]J» > J I'.t t U 1 > >

ffj 11 J J J 1 j | jH '

'

F la 1 ° ° "a

I

«

' -a

(f , ,

j

41 1

111 11 L L 111 l

=r1 i 1

1 ft—

l i

^ i^d

o o o d

«

1• 7 V 4

"a

4 a 3f»-«

I I is=z its tz k 7T. TTa =3—

g

bo I b J J pg Ff^\?J lb, J |?o ^ |*

~^ rtw

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 23: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Chromatic shiftings

on two strings

with, controlling open string.

4th Position.

3.

Chromatische Riickungen

auf zwei Saiten

mit kontrottierender leerer Saite.

4. Lage.

15

Grlissements chromatiquessur deux cordes

avec controle d'une corde a, vide.

4"le Position.

„ °i sS tefite tee£ tepS 3 °,g ifcgte or fcgg ogjjg .3f ofe

i- jftv 1J li 1 1T 1 11 1 1 II 1 M l i II 1 I I I II I I II II 111 II II =

BJ^^&msMM^MmmMi ii

Sfeteete? SW^H 4 °

Ij 1 1"in MeI In Mr MP MP I If ' IP I

*. ife. %a. &. la. jU- h^ ^ ou _- — O Jl -— OJ

^ t^ii r

tt

rr ir^rfTr*

te(•-»

2 2 2, 3 . 3 3

tr p^ gg ^ j 1

1 ffi| jg | fprfj

^

Tf I

ff¥f

I'Efffi

(2).

fotel ^ £te ^o ri* n fi»~Ti- m ftoffrpsff

, ftf«Ma*fl

"O"

fl ° ° -

4

Pftf ffrf

3iftf Pfftf f

'

vnrittpp^iPFPittfffii if¥i irHpi itfri ifon

'••#*=ff^'J "v v w m

1

'j m m 'j w 9 y m m 'j w w 'j\\ * * * : a—Lj—|—|—i

1

u|—| 1—|—1__|—u_e_i i_e i-e u-q _i

r^iJ^rVur^u^rtium^ tip,, ,

\

r r I fcq ftp n-tft

J^ |» gg |-»f fdgH ttf I f tHr r ii r r f M*f\ |*fft|*f 1\ I f 1 g I*

»ffri»Tff hf p r ,

r

rttr ,

rttr

r

ifr*hf*rf frY? i

rtKi*ryf=i'(!)-

o 1 ,— 1 1

ui r J a

I* 2 2

ttf i frfTf

3 3

*r7 i*r j TTr ir j t r 331

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 24: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

16

r. i f^ iV i rTr i r i flr i fr I

r? i Mffr i r J rTrittr

,

1 m i n itff'n

ffe

o

IsI I

»te -3-(S>- fa I I Js

(4).

t j r»pij

rnpiij -^ ij.g ij .g ij /gij-rij .% u .^ u . g

pr^f .j^ffi-Vf e 1 o 1

——'1 o L-e •—

e

L-e "-e *-e L-e <-e U-e L-e 1V,„, .'2

. 1

j^i

jffijf^ijr*rTr i jr¥^frfFrij^ijf^ij^f liN^(i).

f|f?rkty? 1

i>Kgi

ftf*fr i ri^rTrffi*i r ffi rTr^ i

r r i*rf^£i

—i i-

jjgjj I f^fihrfl ^4(•(•-i©- -p--m-is- -& -P--P- & &i!fe#

J.

4=4 Igtoj 3E

iJ J j " «u ' J "^

o, O i o o , o.

irrr sr ° **

a teiX I g ^S gMZ= 3E gE rzz

t^ b^

JI

i ttrJ I i

lir J I i

« l Jir jl g i^i

*i*t]^

rryrici*ppst-

(1).

gpy ipp^ i pp^ gpj| l *Ff

; !SF w- r bi»^?r j-h l

S r J ^? S J Pi i r j r? i^r jfcl

rtt

r

Ml ' 7?

:iaz-r— :i;-G—ir-

(1). 1 oil

# P*F*f^5 *$^£rirjrTiTJr^^^o x o

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 25: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

17

«E^!| 3: fe^3= #-«> a l _~»^ l_~»~^^

o o

(3).

::2 fe^^;0000 00i

00 00Wj I

,!;• I =jgjjg

4 4a 11 , *g» g £B

4 4#

I*l?g

jrrTi^r-»

o o o

4.4

I I' M 1 I

"' '4 5 I

''

I1= M o I

'

'

II

II I

,II

I

I

I[

II:

(1).1 1-

4.4 o

rifptfTtfr^P--0- -&

IE~* J **^*f It "f i^r^r gi^Nw(i). 1 i. 1 1

P flJI^JIflJJJ^z .Jbci *J J|r» W-L^J tjo ^^ r^ L3^o hd d\o ' d d" ' d dWJ

l o 1 01 01 ~w w

znH nww 'j JHJ un<y o _.tf <y _:

a _.tr a (5 _.• &l

^^JIllLllJn ,j 1, Mj| ill .1.I Mm I,, in ,

1

fl ! sJL4

gtt p^

rf 1 hi 11 il 1 IIJ IJI -IJ J IN I Ii 1 H

J 1 ?* 2 2 # 9- 3 3 9- 5 » » -5- #

fe§E ib f rJ

zri^:

:Ji4iJ'=77?~

1 1;» TO¥ ^JMJ jg i J^JJ1 T5"

4 '_. 4 4 * "*"~: 4 4=:

M JM'J JJhjjl 3ads

* 4 o 1 -*4-- 441 i

4 1.

3 i =±«—

S

4*>fff ' tfjJ^LJ '' J Jt>3 It] J J 3tyJ *VJ l J JbJ 11 ^fat|J Jp M l^ Jb "«-

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 26: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

18

Chromatic shiftings

on one and on two strings

with controlling open string.

5t-h Position.

Chromatische Riickungen

auf einer und auf zwei Saiten

mit kontrollierender leerer Saite.

5. Lage.

Glissements chromatiques

sur une et sur deux cordesavec controle dune corde a vide.

5™e Position.

IV.1

kr J J g ' I 1 r J' •

O O O O

l\\

—»mo o o o o

—mmo

aJ 1

«

H* "—a •o o

•^~ =i=S^-r.za -cJ-

^ Ifl^J ItH J^ it"JI J it 'tt'"KJ UJ m§w-m * m&z #-«HiS m** 9- *

Tl 2

* f i j jy i ^ft

(3)

\—S (9 9 P —

M

5*1—

I

-!

9—4'J '-J 'J •2

9—

1

a fj

* P ' UJH flj gg k^^^a^EE^I^^^^

m.

riee |i'

' EE|

i

,

'

<ecnee |i

,

'EE*nEE*ri*epp2. ffiS

,(D-

^^ tfp p r-*

| g r=^=[t *errnrrnrrr^CD.

E=Z g g = itjf pSB g K I

i

I E I g gP332

r it r r it r r it r r i j j ro o

# mo o o O

$r=n fai

J gg i

ElS¥ #3^

r ib^^r ipcT itfp rT i nprT i^^T

i b^^^4-

PPS! rr' H^g |5m—m.

(4).

g iir i 1 »?r r*r ffi^* 42 42

Si42 42

1^3 ^~y5? m

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 27: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

19

3.^^ s-sifiiittf iCjr^ M%& |ii^,

fp^r i ff*f i^r n^ r r^i rr^iI I I Ua In I in In I In In I I n In ~~

I n In r\ ^ 7^ ^ I '' O 'O 1 'O ' O O 'O 1—LQ—L© I—LQ—L© 1

Iq Iq I I p—1^

j^^ |

r r t" |*fffi

"rrf i*rrf iTrf n*r rr i**r rtt

r i*r rT| *r r*r

f ftp i*rnr \\Tk i*rr*r i j J*r ir r*r i j jf i^rrV u jf if f^

f >^ jg^r>. °^r i gtfr f ig^f i ^ r f iftr*rif it

r

t

t I rttr tt

;»~~*

a^g # • • hom3_

k»H -S- V*.

EEMffriEE* #

Plo lo In loIn 'o'O '0

° ° n ,\>mr r

'

r i^f f r i ^r-r g i

b

r rh

r i^f f j| i

b

f f f \TTmo o

.K. .E. .^- .E. .K_ .^- .K.P- * *-.-/2. M- *- (2.

\>+M- 22. SL

lit

#i*^ te ^

ffT . ff P ,ffte

I4. 3So o

1\> te tesfT.gff . f f . if?

i

iff,

=fcS^ ^

1.1 *

_s , :e_iLJff __« «__& . ir y 1?f—

r

£ tecs 4^# «

*- 3 =*e

>-&

£te ott o £te oteteI f . gJU ,

afi^-^te ote£ o.#te J.

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 28: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

20

n'£ **^ - -b« „£ „^ t)£ ^££fe»-&

19- #»-•—

&

^fff^ffrfr^

fb

f?i

fr^i f?

b

f?i

P?f^^ifT

b

fTf|fC

b

rr iif#^if^ fflo o 4.

P«taitoil&fcife TPrfrfnfr'fr'frfrIP5.7SRF

7^**#• E,f, «l=7?>«FflM f rTf FfTrTfTr

'jfrijUBrsrv

:

|| jg [ j,j. I l

|-(2 -^ P-*- # PjSL -(2.

9 ?-&

*III.

**3 ife*

* ~% p flr^F", fe , \ Jr P_j r °Jr , 'irTF",#-4-=—

jT3 J |bJ"^t]J i'J^ tij l ^i f J iJ> J l^fj tjj i;J>p

djr# JiSS jg;y • ZB iV =P2 » p I feg a

Ktrc * Jf 9—9-9 TIV.3_

J iJ J jj J B J 1 g J B J J J iJ i J g J ^«Nfe

o O

[i

JJ J J^ J JF1 J1F3

\

rW]\rm a iij^ j^h j

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 29: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2J

Chromatic shiftings

on one and on two strings

with controlling open string.

6th Position.

Chromatisehe Buckungen

auf einer und aufzwei Saiten

mit kontrollierender leerer Saite.

6. Lage.

Glissements chromatiques

sur une et sur deux cordes

avec eontrole d'une corde a vide.

6m.e Position.

:il_2:

£. tt#fg g te£? tef£ ££? ^#? te:z . : e

1. BBS

a£ teg j #g| te . #te # * £ # #te te£ £ :z € £ := £ £ :z £ £ -- € £ :z £ .te

-t* b»l|£ £:£ £#£ £#£ tete £ «: *^ b* a £ Ite:

i

*e *tte jt»* up ,* U£ #hsi»* *fte£ fttf'iff: f£i

• •

9

ff bj

0- -

s -

•• -

51 p- -» :

£5 bi

•- -

r:

•- -

A .^ : Z+&

-m--m-'-9-

: - £ ^ -£ ^" A il*>C. ^ lp

•/ #o

•o

•o o

»o

*o

9o

*o

SSI I nrr^ iff ii

^rffi

frf .Vrf frrf Yff#g£

ff ifff i ffri

ffri ffTifff i

f fb

r i ffT I, ,rti,W

O 1.° i.

V b

i rTi TfrI

. ff .ft. ,frii^fii

,

b

rr i

.fti .

ft,

f^f

«J J J gJ J " j s_ I

'

1l±4 i

4 4 4

:-f*f .''ff f fr fI ,f f*f f f*f 'ff fi

b

f fI iff*f j HI j f

f

Tr

j j

b

rr?|

fb

fff fbf> £teT*

^ 2 21 i ^b^-

:

fTf fr f¥ f rm ¥^p

be:* ^ :§:

Jf^^l

##|

P ^f^ .<^ lf#r|r^ |flf

f

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 30: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

22

/£\i* * * 2= ffe9- -m-m ,

g;

©—rf* 3 1g

-• -9—g

f9-9- 'j W ^s^

rt

»-3 3 *"rb-s- -

-•-sfc

©-

s-

WW WW -wwu

•:w

J » gIffiprj ;» p1 itnrTr •-•-a » g . .. , f?2=E—=0S

PI

bp I r f^ I r p^ i r fv i Xfyy*^ i sjBg

j § ga ia i9 » i?e>

*• ~w

ft'

1

1

2 -1 -I 1 1. . 1I

Jr b [.» * ^ V r V -li*- - h 9 I7 " 1 .:. -. _ t pV 1 * * " H

w ~a w "S 9- "3" 9"-z- 1

2

» gjzg g \

\,my^<||g P#g |t] » 9 g ,

|,- ,|

j„

|

9 * j|gI, g Pfto

i^TT e fel Ste i

*TT^f

e \ f *!>» r^

\> t

\

>r \\'r\

rTrTi r^r¥Ti rpri

''

r r^r

r

h

j

rrrW^

?4

2 ^—~ '—

^

jp j;rTp nff r*f Til

ftf ti? f iTrtfrfi r r¥f 1 ffifr 11 A

w - w<4

w -w -V -p- 9- -

<£>1—

1

1 IL 1—U—

^

1 L, 1 ! 11

V 1 1

-\

&\ 1*

IV.2

1 "C—

'

ijS-i

i

2 l l l

l

2

1"*

—&- b* m qc- t^y i ;* j

•r »iffJ m\r\

w 'i

r- i^~* c*

o o

tiJ^LJ ^3

\*»r~

j j g pg p<-j |ij j j^^

—^j=y=j^ QZ2 'KJ

pf f* a ~=jaoea

o o

bp1 J Jbg |lJ Jbo I J Jbg IlJ Jbp I lJ Jbp H Jbp I h J , te .rr J Ir i^1 1 i wt^jg gm | j jfjg

[^ jfpi ^j j^p g dtp

it|j #jpp~n~* E ^

»~y

I*#"»

s^ irr kJ irr^ J ggp ljjj

J^ i jJ^ ijtf

JJ ij^^ J ij J|^ J ij |J ^ ij^j

f f y i^|

* ^ ii^ *j h^j i

b

f p p ifr^^r ^^r — * B j^j ^p ^p p

lipr^r

ji

J-W i rJbr^irr? J iH ZE

J- l» |» i—|S> (S- J. g I g g •—

»

J.

1

1

1^|k=^ ^p nz &—

-

Sevoik Op. 11, VII

Page 31: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Chromatic shiftings

on one and on two strings

with controlling open string.

7^ Position.

1 u2

6Chromatische Riickungen

auf einer und aufzwei Saiten

mit kontrollierender leerer Saite.

23

7. Lage.

Glissements chromatiques

sur une et sur deux cordes

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

<te * At ite

7m.e Position.

L#£

l. £B£

mtee ete £te fete £te terte e* te te

— & te tee te^ gjjjjj te£%£ £%¥fe £fe^*

i ggte te£fe £££ i ££te ^£fe ££S ££te ££fe^E mE=K

te•9-11 1

O o -~- J=

1 13 3

P.o —i

£> a ws g ce fe wfe g teg ^

g gfe % *% * *#>.#_

s —-1 W£ £ Pl>- #* #p

~TF~

I

n.

rti

j^fijrf

ijr'f

ijrfij^f

ijr^ijrr

i i jtr u tf2. 2SE

te^ *

frijTr|

jfr|jTrijTrijfriimf|

ffff|

Pffri

fr^tef fW

i :z

£

i2 # a- a m &. -m

II #

(2- *-*-&. MM-O. M.0.U!:£:= Iftitig e e ^ b

:

-S1- -P- biz h

# £- #IB :?: #*

-(2 Jfcj*. j2.

tii

r*f,

f iYTi

^ if* .?

i

**,

* ** *itfel

efe te *S rf£ b,

f -T i fT . f ifr.r, rlVr ,

f>,r

,fif

i«r ,rTi, i

Sevcik Op. ii, VII

Page 32: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

24

,4 , 4 mg tt**te tt**# #«*£ 6o e ;te ffe te*^ «e *p o0 fte*teH «**

m m* te*fi cog teelfi **Jte*$ ^llfite /-gfte ^gtMftf^Ef ffT . fff.Tf f . ff^fff

glffe .ff^Tg ^Tfr jgpfej IMJlJJg IMEfi £*^ Me egff i . ffT .Tff f . Pfff . fffhfr*

efeii<lfetei.i.* ,kfrr^i

rTlTiTrife f tte g glp^fe fe gttgg gfeelt g*e^e£

*/I

'ft. A -ft.

§.2.

a £a fctfct \

& U- m. m. m.

9- '+ V :t *

P- P- *#.#.#. 42.

&£ ft* \ +

felm.i

2?Z= =$£= Upi , ^

3. safe i r

flr* i jj w te r i rH#*#o I I *

fl

2 ft.p..£ . ft jft.2.'j*1ft |2. .ft ft

f£ ,;c.ft

.

a ft.ft.2 ft ft a ft ,c .2.. ft ft 2.

Jft .ft a A A £

1/

•7 «—

*1 1 1 1 1 3__2

g 5 Egg3 3

ttg _JrIf if , 8fSin.4

fr ittri rTr r^W ii o

1 1

1^1o

II.

# f J l

» f tip dfc

1 1

ri j j r

i

tf

r rhT i^r r T i

ti

r r Tz4 ' '4 -e ©-

f I tlf r ll fe* * » »r r f* *-e—e—t^

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 33: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

25

r*r hr i -TT r*r i JT^r i

jfrri

=ff^r hr i j?*^ 7*1 hgH

-e t: -e—fc: -e

tr. -e—t: -e—fc:

fttphp#p |firV> \Tr ]rr ggjjili jf*fV fey^r irW H^ffii^r? i*rf*rf

J ffr qjt^i^L^Zft £

P-

|2. .

•-i

a j

©

ft £ ft Jt

-Mi9~^2 ft .

ft*

ft .

•-ft ft. .2

^¥1ft '

M'

M °^-

IV.

£I

J \>r) I J b^ I J p4. M iJ b <v HrJ|

I J1>P 1ijy

1

1 Jp| J-P 1pip I Jq/JI

i

JbpJ

Egg Ijg

_. i _.-» -9 TT

J J 1ifaJj

|

jbpj|

|tj|^feIbeI

b» Ei rr i

irri rr

gazajr j UT« F-» « m-&

"T "T "» *» -T

| |J bft

|

J1> iiE$ 5 J lb Jteft *—

&

W 2 2

=iI

JriJ I J i J J M iJ §g

[

Mj i— ^tL, i — tt

i-^i -• =r^^-_. 1 -a- 1 x -a- -a-

•-PS-•—•-

3 3 3

'Tf lb »i

ift^S at i

J riyi TY^ i rr ' r jfTT^ ft

lft lot-o-

/J4 4 4 1 11

~rk—

11—i

n5— * f br

* * p 'ti* f P—i

i P i :

i* ph^ —b B rJ? itf f pSt

Ji

jjJ^i Jji i j J ri

ti

rr''f irri i

tirr[ »jj r i^nr irr j i

tirrrJ91

* 9" di XT ° °

11 oo

b|S>— J J \}Q=jf ^esS^J gg H»TYijrrrift

-*-,O O 1- o o 1-

bfti

[Ff JiJ|

i

]J> tirr 11 f^fe^^ Bft B ft =^^ft

rr i j rr rT'JT^ M '": ££

to r*^*^ anr

1 r bf J [J i JiJ h J I2 P£ *-s* F-+ 1

1 1 1 1

irfri r *fn

2 (2 ft ft ft , (2 Q ft ft . a p . ft m o%¥$*=.%£ ©-&» •-&9-&& CEft

fSevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 34: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

26

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

2n_d Position.

l

Die iibermdssige Sekundein verschiedenen Moll-Tonarten.

2. Lage.

La seconde augmentee

en divers tons mineurs.

2me Position.

i yu^j^^j^bJ^u^ji^^ ' J^JtJijyuJwJ^yjppwWZ*§ uteE m

1

Jt>J JJ J | JbJ jkf iri s\>^ d £ bJ^fs^-j^£—2J

|

JfJ/m^rf-rrjbmfo1

^f f f f T Iff f^ff '"[ pfe f"fl;

ff f f 1 ffy ^f f F 11

*^ 1 '^* V^ b^^ta

e ^gjj1

'

i

'

' \^ i.

'

1 1

-|iii

21 mim f3 ^ H»h* 1

• P tf» * m k

1

1 tt» • 1 IFi /^3

ftk ^ S m V * *ft ti'H'vrp Ji_-_*!

1 P 1h*n^ 1* f -|^U *?=-(•

<5. o 4—

1

\ 4

(J2

3 ——4 4 - 4

4©—

s

e gs g I r « r i r t>r^J 5 ^ g£ g B6 f ir^r 11 ggg f " f r r r 1

<W ^ J<s «

rrrr^'i^rg^2T^ 19-

tf f [fttfll

«A*rr iWr r r iff^rTn*i rf*f

lo 4- j

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 35: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

27

i§fc i^r'r^ry'T i

l

Trt>

rlT t>

(

gi

l;

fery1

^ i r'Tr'r^p i

br

fjr&^rtZ^rV^;

1IS"

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

3 r_d Position.

Die iibermissige Sekundein verschiedenen Moll-Tonarten.

3. Lage.

La seconde augmenteeen divers tons mineurs.

3m-e Position.

4h 1 r-t

J. UlJ^^'^Wi '

Eji^ JbMJ."**>—&

^<>\ nun

x-~s

JQ7JJ77]JlJt>Jt|J r' ^JbJiJJ ^ JJtj Jr-

' -^*£ 1'JKJ

"zr

l

r'-c-Cgrf jg zp « il;i»iVfH# ^IlPLLD ^"23 27o O

1 (2-

Mbrf»ff ,f¥^rf

,

kfrf¥ f Ifg| r .rWffrfr/f «F>

sr

l o, j | , M UU 1 1 1 il rr?n\ IJI 1 il r^nJ.IJIIM |,||J 11

- |2

4 1 4 4

E|»iHr ,J jjjEJgEg bp itrrirrre l^¥,»r<s>—1» S^j ^PSP(

, p|^£J NLIg±j

4, 4

^^ f ifM ig^jfe*H iiig sa3==r=p:

p j 1J J^tfJ ^ Nw Jj 1 J J JflJ ^ IttJ*" J J J I /Jx^ J ^* i

a Srr7^ Tr r\rrr?\0 ?W* r& HrrrY P^Sevcik Op, 11, VII

Page 36: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

28

o 3

jjflj J l«lftJ||J]jlJJJ«Jl

f l^JJ'tw*i

#FiHJt

|JUtl

j^iH° iiw^J litJJ iiJV^J IflJJflJJ^fe§ i

W ei# V fj I \>f M-ffy rf\>f a i r t>

Hcirr sggv-

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

$* Position.

Die ubermassige Sekundein verschiedenen Moll-Tonarten.

4. Lage.

La seconde augmenteeen divers tons mineurs.

4m.e Position.

f)1 ^^ < _

o i r~

OH 4,

tf P ur bP j ibrpf «rr i ttr r r^r ^ UMrf" >Vftr *

fflpa a ^O V^

ffifrfyr^^ ^^£ggkftfl¥fi* ^4£

o 1

rj r-1

i ~f *¥ r iPr 1

* ^r^rrr r r i

^prrr r ir?tf?r

4^£fc£ efefe*:leg

tee #i imHte^iiffSi t^n

fjgJlJJ^tt

^4- m sstriaejH^ J J jjjtj^ hij'jjj i j jjt^jjjy^ Ji jjjtJ fe

HHq^f a , as g a ^^^^ v^

f^ i^fi^rf , f *rl

f-pitpi r^rr^p

JJ.

2

afr^f-\^~

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 37: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

29

fe|j l^

t

JJ^i^ |^i^JJ^J|gJ7^ JI

s iih»W g IflJ Jj^*^*> J [

flj^jj

jtP ittr r r¥¥ fe i {rl

]r gg igs r*r¥ i

jt r*f r r^ as r^r^r f r r ntr>¥ r*gig

i

itp^f'iS ?\? 4.

^ I'rTL^ Hlgg ieliliteg yfffTfffr fejjl

I J?J IjtJJ* 1^f' jgjllljij JjjJJ^^l^^^JpJ l^i^V^J l^iWttrS

l i li

'

II T^^ 1I

I 1 1 1 M Ii I U l I II I i[ e

o^ika b^fW^^fM^ htk*^^ ffethfa W^f^^tth \?J^0f:^m a jggggg= ==gTTM, Pff¥ lg

*i i

g^g n,^fVHr l

'n i

Trl'fi'Fl»g |^l.>p>l

'f-' I rVr i'Fl*? ik^TrWr frTifc i'pIr^^S Hrrrf pi^

H IJtJiJu^ijI £5 Ug—J4>

IJ a Si S iimv* m5 E3 I W?» r>« d ^y-

ei P i>f

i^p iirf9

1 rr^r^r^ fe pc^r i° i rfrh» rj

g p i clT'fr i .ftlrT?

i Pv

ff^rr frrrVf ifffYri

r^frrffy¥^Si IS nrr r^r^

•IK.?>r itfr f ry ? j^pw 1^ rr7 i>rTf

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 38: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

30

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

5^ Position.

IV. i

Die Uberm'dssige Sekunde

in verschiedenen Moll - Tonarten.

5. Lage.

La seconde augmentee

en divers tons mineurs.

5me position.

^Bgjpjjjjlg JEg liJj jJi^ I «CTiJu UiJ Jjf iJ J J J UJtJfctOH

:

;

f;

ib^i^^r^n'TrV^bppY^rr'fIr'Tf 1^ It^ r 'f h'Tr^Ar^T^9 P^^

gsttrfifWf g h r rfr? $ r T rW e>\m\>f$r T\ $&

\^

r /ff'ff ,fTYrr,

b

frfr?,

B

fffb

fr ^fWff/fTrf-±r-

3

1IV.4

rbrr!rr ir¥^ J

i

brrrjrr i

tfrrry J irVr/yr7^ry tfrrr"27 27o o

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 39: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

31

4 III.

P- P- 1

%r? \

n r \ frPHa: i^ LO; r I eg nciiri^

-3 & <<SU>rifP

i

r f\>f\>r,j \ \>f^A }>*„ i -b[XT'Trr ^p^s

^^

§ i gjjgjgi H ^bJ J lb J J i\{rf 55a IS^p* J b^ J Ell ^S\>p. ^f^^fe^t^rt f^ffM^ b.by^^ff#1 D*^*%

j ^b^y^^i'bp^jbpi.wy 1

^ , f^f^ri^ ib^^rrrfpr^rYr^r

iiJ I L '-T J

''

! ' 1 1 IJ' r ' ' '

II L J

I

J

'

' '

'

I I „ l I I

'

It^1 4

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

6*.h Position.

Die iibermassige Sekundein verschiedenen Moll-Tonarten.

6. Lage.

La seconde augmenteeen divers tons mineurs.

6me Position.

IV. 4l

l^^~tJb~Jb^Jb^BlJlJ J ||, J J JJbgJ[Jbjgp >* y * a9=5 v^

b-by-^Pir ybyby,, |bf^g^ ¥by a I »^

v cS/rrrrr i

Cff^p

MS "p^^j; pp-p-, ^ ryjn ,-^-n r^ ^^

'"• 1 ^Jh« V • a nm\ J 1 ha '> a m a 1I

« ^ i« a 'i h* 'J

"SJ

f^ T

1 f* ^<2_

ffc£ $ te *«££ »£ffi^* -Mf gtlfffe* #b*fe^gnm^^~

s>

o

l

itog ifi'f 'ir 1 - &- vw m* m W*rf-r» .Mr r\r r r p \ mWfm r

\^i-

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 40: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

i & J>+tfe£ ffetW i^#fc£ *£#£!*fffW^ffmff ,^^

^r «rr 1 rftr'ir^r^ WrM? EBB l ^wn Sijf rrrH i

^n^gp^2=2

21 feg ffrf iUffmr m

21

j2 '= HH/^-

3.

cte£ ^u*_ -£#>£ te£f

*

rti r.rfffffff.fffrf

IV.

ttr r irMrrg I rw'fr^ g_#jf r Nr r r

p

I * ptfr ^221

IPffl P ^2>

o —rig JpA-VteB £*M>#* \>m.+ *\r£. *$+],*.- ^#5I ^n

b*

I*%£

2: 5^

The augmented Secondin various minor keys.

IV.1-

7th Position.

Die iibermassige Sekundein verschiedenenMoll-Tonarten.

7. Lage.

La seconde augmenteeen divers tons mineurs.

7™e Position.

1^ JU^tHf E^t^lJ J £J J J^ f; El "JJlJ J =g |J g=zg 22Z

V^

in.1

ir ru g - i»MH> rttrf itfrrr irp i^ttfH ffflfr^^g> '-t *

p vII.

#z V _ I 1 1

zz:

£#*£ fttelte:^T* #T»-#tee fe fe*^* *>*

±z±:

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 41: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

II.

1

33

o { I U '** '

1

'

'

ImJI 1 LJ I I

'

I

'

' ''

I1 L J '

'** j-JI L, I II

H tee £tete/2s.Wi#>£ $£££+„ &$£&£££* **t

of" IV-

ttr r irHr r*? if *p)i> f^ sm S9 PS pc a

P

II.

2 in.* li-l. y\ -

N

hf < f rr»rf i frVr'rir^r^rf i

'rfrr»r |

<rrWfrn r7¥r?

^itte jifS'S 1^ "f^fte fte pfe'i ^1ff tte te^%telia *•*«£*^1 m

V*HH

^ i^p rr^r^

i

tf

r»fy ftir1

1 tfr r^r^ i^r r r% j

iftfFr^r'

t rTrmi jTTi t

f»ri

^rf'rti

'f'f^ri^r^ i

'rffr^ flf'ffirffrftf'rf'

IV.

O 2

^±*&

III.1—

t>« r it r j I gsEB ib f r r ^r J I

tt r rr^r a 1 S5 § .Mr of» ^mv

£te£ etetebfi ^#£teS te£f

fr^f,

ff^r|

b

rrfff,

ffr¥ri

^fffWf^ryfrf||

Sevcik" Op. 11, VII

Page 42: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

34Harmonic Minor Scalesbeginning on each step

of the scale through all key$,

with bowing-exercises.

2nd Position.

Harmonische Moll - Tonleitern,

ausgehend vonjeder Stufeder Tonleiter in alien Tonarten,

mit Bogeniibungen.

2. Lage.

Gammes mineures harmoniquescommencant sur chaque degre

de la gamme dans tous les tons,

avec exercices du coup d'archet.

2m.e Position.

ftjj-jJi^rcf^ j u JPmrrrr^h^ fcrrT

fp ps rjif *r 1 1 *cj ^r»JJ J77jiJ

*E2. M

i i.

1, 2

J J&W" ^^/JJ'JtJs^s^B&

-- 2

ff I jjjnir & Jrij ij ji^r r?^ i gygf^

^e ^^J r

tt

r g uj^t i r cj' i

'^rr rr rrxr i

cltjrr r r ^n i

J J^trfrr crcor i r»D-?,^^ pqi

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 43: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

35

m 12. T

.UrjJiiJP-'^Jm i jjjiiJ^ 1 hjjj

f''

1

JiJ-'uJjTu TTju nLiT

,

JTl7LUJ

l, ui'iTI^^

1.

{AA Si j n] j j j nsJ J. jij jtj imnp^ jtjj i

^ i 7%r? r^

^

' •g

^

;

r

^P T'C/ CXJte

^^^iJery^^iJ^i^^ci^ir-EfWrcff^ri

j^ f rf

^WjLJ j Hj pjjp J JJT]J 1 1(JJjg1i jjjjTfi

a jF^ fjpfi} i Ji^rTr iTT^. i^MSi i

5*S fSevcik Op. H VII

Page 44: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

36

Mt^mim fiP m J J. ' J. iqJ

rn^ m

{M j jj^jjrr fig;

i

j J? ff rf r

i

r^ i

rcjrrirrf

ifai g1 4.

4 4-

i i.

i5

^JTJj I j J J-JTT?^ ^JJTJ I

1q 4

«mj-JJcrcJ' cr -^^i -^

cjj"T

r g n^> i

r cfi£g S

y^ rrr - ' -

*A^# M.» ^JJ^ J »

T?J JlJ- r3/?^ri;J?JJii i

w >:i i tr1rr, i

Vi iJati/rG-JTT i iJ^ giYrfi^^ui'frmi

*A el 1-

2.

±^=ff C^r P-TO l'Y E-T J "*i if^t l*3^

,],¥,,j

j flj 'r g^r ii j ntf rff^ i

r ff'rTf^^

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 45: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Harmonic Minor Scalesin all keys

with bowing-exercises.

3r.d Position.

Harmonische Moll - Tonleitern

in alien Tonartenmit Bogeniibungen.

fcH11

i

3. Lage.

Gammes mineures harmoniquesdans tous les tons,

avec exercices du coup d'archet.

3me Position.

37

TOlJ n F$ =S*' ^m s § mffi

r 2_

i J^cjxrr

j^fT^n Q JiTjii

jjj»i uJj i

i'rrrff

is2.

*i ii fi 3 n JTJi? r r r/1^ UXJ \ U ^mmm^ 2=

2 o o

SE i ¥JJTJ J?73 f 1j- JIJ J

1 jp mJJ7

Tlra 1^ii a

r

^ L^grfrTrcic^p

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 46: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

3. 1.

i>Wi

°i i us "i

T 2f \Tidi n prfipf7}-mm

S£P f[} JTTi

i J7%? r rTf^ n tf~dift fl

m i-tffurftfUxj if^grf zrj^j\^m§^^

J^J

' Ji^

# te^1 3.

^S-4 3-

u r i;j jiotm m$ J i

?l^{3jjsi jj^JiJ^rcf^ju J3 ^crn7[^.>iJ^c m

^'rtrnxr j

j£3jj-j j ijjj lp?r-cj te

#w>l i -hi3 a^ 1 3nV} hnnm m^ vu±ss

as a rJ'r c;ca;N-L/n rrrrrrx£

J

.i r Sfff[^^p

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 47: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

#§31 1

I

1 #

P U* i ^j, j.

1 4

39

i bJJTJr r>niJLJ ga ix* S ^P¥»n jjgtfrg^ ii ^rr i frffrS]!! 1

1"i r^f f>r7m

*$fejg 22=

2= JT^r fJJT^

pk J Jgtf r^

'

J^ r 8fc "r fi^ :r

ifc en—

»

2. 2; M.-3 &-

r: ,] | l ai JxJ r? T^J ^JJTiU J-JJ^r r>rrj j

i

Jtfn^tfrrr?^ '^^^ffrfrx» ii L.JTj,i^I°tt»°

!• M.

J IS J J3 J jP 1 i I JTJJ 'i J"j ? r

n^J aIF*

-»—

*

«—*-» »

iJ^i uJJ J iJ^Lli'M' M'^ iii' u i

Trr^rri^i

»i ( i gy § i

jr»^{jiJj'jj-jjj^ra. g£Ml^Sevcik Op. 11 VII

Page 48: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

40Harmonic Minor Scales

in all keys

with bowing-exercises.

4th Position.

Harmonische Moll-Tonleitern

in alien Tonarten

mit Bogeniibungen.

4. Lage.

Gamines mineures harmoniquesdans tons les tons,

avee exercices du coup d'archet.

4m-e Position.

fcfeE \ \ nl^nJ g ,J H J J Jjti ^ ^ ^

'" j^aj rrcrccjjircfrxrTrtrr^ircf^^tt

. . » g=e

OJjr If^s ^pr rr^Hg

j* jj^rrrfr^ i

,

[jrrirrn? r rjj nrftrir^ftrrrri

«*fe£= ffirr crrrrrir r_r'rtrff ffrrl^*pssi pg

f jj^TrlrnflUcjif fcflrP..-.N,.-.Frrf0

*^ Three -quarters of bow length

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

' 2>rez Viertel Bogenldnge.\

Trois quarts d'archet.

Page 49: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2I 2-4^

[j* jii ^ J jjj^

T

41

s §jg ri;^pg?

jj^L^^'

r^ijjir'J c;r^ r

i'riZj-'r^frirfrrrr?ri

^a Lr J isj jjcii^/r cr j#S ^P SB

,M j tgrfrrr r?r-^.

i rgin frrirr

i r ff rfffrftrcTn

!-!>„ , «h cjjTr rrcixj-

'

J J Jc£-fJ

' vuu^ 2;

i> .K^rrrr g^ffi ti: r"r rrn:^

te

ft

fett? enii^j w

r cjJ ipM35 ^ "CiXT ' g

"'''i !xnLtrjTlrc^i |

^rrrf^f

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 50: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

42

W^m ^ * I m^m nn

i*sp uj o^jtttft \fffttr} t tort*^ IiVTHiS3 -o-

*&4 4

JB (Tr it^ ^P amcr& SI

|/Ai j^ cxrrrl^ i r^^frcrrT^ i

i^'Srfff.^^

¥far r r r^ ii*

i n rTTO feg? JJTj i j Jj^r cf^TjJ-»—*—*—«-

ft j %ff r iri^f up cfftrfytr^ i r rrrrfrff frf

u. m m^ rrn i j m g r»& s s** ttf^f j .. '—»-

»r2rTOri£ri

r*r?r-ifff £rrf_#ife! gg£ PS

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 51: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

43

Harmonic Minor Scalesin all keys

with bowing-exercises.

5th Position.

III.

Harmonische Moll-Tonleitern

in alien Tonartenmit Bogenubungen.

5. Lage.

Gammes mineures harmoniquesdans tous les tons,

avec exercices du coup d'archet.

5me Position.

& $$&- r is rn i_\ 1 & ujn n-nS^ BE

21 2.

1 21 I-T 2

osj \ u jtti 1 1 mm mss wt=+e &

mc!crrrCfci^ l rc!fli^#

tfr g rir.rrf/1^s

«r-^ r2!rrr rr r?_£; 1

rtr'ricfItr%Rp£

CT^*

II.

3 IV.

I I 9- I 114: I EEg ^ ^ &W- ^m=Z2 2=

S'evcik Op. 11, VII

Page 52: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

y rpBUl^

SbeIII.-2-

1 1T i„

1- I3 1

S3i it J I" J J J cjrxr r c; ^ J J 1 J

J ^[X» r * * :^s^m

ifff ff^fr1

'ir^rtrfff ffCTcri

fete p^f | i r]2; i r^rr^rf r^fffr i

ffrrrff f fftS>iSte^

ji.1^ ffffj^rrr

xt.

teas

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 53: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

45

III.

wm ^Bl j..

T 3

wz.m& § TO I J /Irr* ^pe i a—"^ #

£ jJciiffg cgr i rcir fxfrrtrfiijn

#Al<» ^ tflPp ^ K|» g g fag^^U r 'U* Jm

fcfc?

ii.

2

©X M -

gggp rOTJU J?j

l ^^'OX §S=£2.

4

III.

<fe=a s . ; s »r r rT~r . i i J _T3 r r *r P f frr r^; ° - ri B

wt :;pfp«Ff# S tf^#Ute^S

rtfTffftfffiipg

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 54: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

46

Harmonic Minor Scalesin all keys

with bowing-exercises.

6^ Position.

III.2

Harmonische Moll-TonleiUmin alien Tonarten

mit Bogeniibungen.

6. Lage.

Gammes mineures harmoniquesdans tous les tons,

avee exercices du coup d'archet.

6m* Position.

m J?ni

j in a ii

rLgj^n'pff ^ mg

^ IJ J^cjHhi.3 ^m

i

Tmm^m^mirrr fTt D ms # 2-

$£££*: #£!£££«r rjTif?T frrm i r rrtfnff ffto?

, r crCfTf Ijflfr.

g riffffrr^?i

rTrtf^f ffCtTq

SI. S i m m tfrif?

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 55: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

47

IV.

4,

s ^ dr;r Lfc^i^ppg#rff-s ^=^

III.

4^ <p ., _;

tt^isJJi LTCJCCJ* '

"r LTEg^=^

IS 3!s LrCxjcj |J Jl^IV.

2

j,^i J"3HE S^g s^- g HP = F g - ^ s J m g H "-= F g ^s2t

ftt-rn

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 56: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

II.

jdWttrru)3, 1

3 i

3amcr Ss m^

in.1 2

•»'U t m lui^vt frr r

HAi fpf i ricff TfrttrrfrfW § FfQ^rri

ffrfn?jfr i r

?/rc!ffftrr^ri

ftftfft? fffcf\

w IV.

fe3^3 fe^* 1W s ^^mo 3 =ZZ

M pi* crffrrfc» t j£g

Ute^^*fe&aS Se jjJS

ttp f: «? ^ TT

Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 57: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

49

Harmonic Minor Scalesin all keys

with bowing-exercises.

7t.h Position.

Harmonische Moll - Tonleitern

in alien Tonarten

mit Bogeniibungen.

7. Lage.

Grammes mineures harmoniques

dans tous les tons,

avec exercices du coup d'archet.

7m.e Position.

«rgriffTffrftrir r

?rrfTf ffffirirgrfrf f fffg^

f t\ttIto USfe ^g^g isii.^ e# *r.rr qS^ ^ ^&

»rrff frr rr ri

I'Trrftf* fftiir frTrtf

:«£

i'^ninrfi

*.te £"!?>•.

^#3 tr

ni.3

i -s-

#£=jj

~um1^ ?> rf»f#j^ii.

LifLrN-lfrer-LjSevcik Op. li, VII

Page 58: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

50

IV.

Se * J i i -* J j^ p f?*P r r r> p-^i k .~7

=» > i ^ i. s- 1 ^^r f rr ^

ete *'' r^^^^rj^Yir^^^' ^fCQr i*^rff^' "^ ^

^min._2

z: p2z PEfrfTCJLUfi'r uueTfTrr

i uj i

sM rr rf^fffrrlfe

i*ffii

IV.-4 &

2.

P^ r p # T~ 0-#E2 4

m¥i&£ -.-i^fe

*g£

fesi

III.

2_

SP ¥#gHii£ HPi S=F

Pfffrr iTrf^

ft 4fp£| a S£eppsSevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 59: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

II.

1

51

t&mtt 2z ^rJUT^u^cirrrj

^i.V' gtefc?

rarfer^ri^craf-jfffcrff^#PlT»^ *

s^=agP Si telle^S^^**a

in.i i

igLIT"!

r LT^ I

J'ltS^jttx £

*^ *

*«% r^^rfrl^i

ri^ff frf^rrTJ/cfffffteri

**esi^ri^ctrrrUHf iTO il^i ^## *•

it i

fw£ff ffmi

CfLCj '

II.

1 2.

%%#£M.

s H 1 ^- 1^«Fff^B

¥ rr»f r crrfffrj^r

iTr rrf^ r f

f

tiif\

rrrfit

*t &*mm ti m L i »-' Ll ' &mi»e e

^^Sevcik Op. 11, VII

Page 60: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Abbreviations and Signs.

Designation of the Length of the

Bow by means of fractions:

Whole Bow.

Half Bow.

First Half.

Second Half.

One Third.

§ Two Thirds.

I Firfet Third.

I'Second Third,

i Third Third.

5 One Quarter.

3

4 Three Quarters.

1

: ? "|- First, Second, Third, Fourth4 4 4

2. 3

Quarter.

Second and Third Quarters.

H Down-bow.

V Up-bow. 1)

— Broad Bow.

Short, detached (staccato),

hammered (martele)

.

" Springing, bounding,

(sautille; spiccato; saltato).

) Lift Bow.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) ?)

I First String, E.

H Second String, A.

HI Third String, D.

IV Fourth String, G. 3)

o Open String.

Sul E,_onthe E-string.

i First Finger remains on string.

, The little hook indicates which

finger is to remain on string.

M. Middle of the Bow.

Fr. At the Nut.

Sp. At the Point.

Abkiirzungen und Zeichen,

Bezeichnung der Bogenlange durch

Bruchzahlen.

Cramer Bogen.

Halber Bogen.

Erste Hdlfte.

Zweite H'dlfte.

Ein Drittel des Bogens.

Zwei Drittel des Bogens.

Erstes Drittel.

Zweites Drittel.

Drittes Drittel.

Ein Viertel des Bogens.

Drei Viertel des Bogens.

|-

|-

|" Erstes, zweites, drittes, vier-

tes Viertel des Bogens.

—=£-" Zweites und drittes Viertel.

n Hernnte?sfrich

.

V Hinanfstrich

.

l)

— Breit gestossen (gezogen).

Abgestossen, gehdmmert (tnartele

staccato).

" Springend, geworfen (sautille;

spiccato)

.

) Bogen heben.

I Kunstpause (Luffpause) 3)

I Erste Saite, E.

H Zweite Saite, A.

m Dritte Saite, D.

IV Vierte Saite, G. 3)

o Leere Saite.

Sul E, Auf der E-Saite.

l Liegenlassen des ersten Fingers.

Liegenlassen des Fingers anfwel-

chen das Hakchen zeigt.

M. Mitte des Bogens.

Fr. Am Frosch.

Sp. An der Spitze.

Abreviations et Signes.

Division de l'archet au moyen de

fractions

.

i

i

i

31.

2

2.

21

3

%3

1.

3

2.

3

3.

3

1

43

4

1. 24 4

2. 8

4

n

V

Tout l'archet.

Demi- archet.

Premiere moitie.

Seconde moitie.

Un tiers de l'archet.

Deux tiers de l'archet.

Premier tiers.

Deuxieme tiers.

Troisieme tiers.

Un quart de l'archet.

Trois quarts de l'archet.

j'|

- Premier, deuxieme, troisieme,

quatrieme quart.

' Deuxieme et troisieme quart.

Tirez

Poussez. 1)

Largement.

Bref, martele (staccato)

.

" Sautille (spiccato).

) Levez l'archet.

/' Kunstpause (Luftpause)s)

I Premiere corde, Mi.

H Deuxieme corde, La.

DJ Troisieme corde, Re.

IV Quatrieme corde, Sol. 3)

o Corde a vide.

Sul Mi,_ Sur le mi.

l Retenez le premier doigt sur la corde.

Retenez le doigt indique par le

crochet.

M. Milieu de l'archet.

Fr. Au talon de l'archet.

Sp. A la pointe de l'archet.

1) Unless otherwise indicated, the first

measure begins at the nut.8) Lift Bow and make a brief rest.

3) No practising should be done on strings

not true in the fifths.

*) Ohne JSezeiehnung iter Siehtung begin/it

tfer- Anfangsta/ct iwitner aw Frosch.

*) Bogen heben und kurze J^anse tnachen

.

3) Airf ntcht qnintenreinen Saiten soil nicht

gettbf wertfen.

*) Faute d'indication speciale on commencela premiere mesure au talon.

3) Levez l'archet en faisant un bref silence.

3) On ne doit jouer que sur des eordes absolu-

ment jusles.

Page 61: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 62: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

CONTENTS OFSCHOOL OF INTONATION

By OTAKAR SEVCIK

OPUS II

CLASSIFICATION OF THESUBJECT-MATTER.

Part I —Introduction to the 1st Position.

" Ila —1st Position.]

- H51

IS PoStion!Supplementary*

." IV —1st Position. J

*Part V—The rhythmic MajorScales from Parts Ila and lib.

Pieces (1st position, Grade I)

with piano.2

" V —Introduction to the 2d-7th Posi-

tion. Supplementary: Parts lib,

III and IV; also the 2d violin tothe 29 Duettinos from Parts I, Ilaand lib.

" VIa —2d-7th Position. ) Sunnlementarvt" Vlb —2d-7th Position. ]Supplementary!

f40 Bohemian Melodies in the 2d-

7th position.

" Vic —2d-7th Position. — 40 BohemianMelodies. Supplementary: Parts

Via and Vlb." VII —2d-7th Position.—Supplementary:

Part XII (Introduction to Shift-

ing).

" VIII —2d-7th Position.

" IX —2d-7th Position. "I

"' X —2d-7th Position. } Supplementary§" XI —2d-7th Position. J

§Part XII—The 2d violin to the 40Bohemian Melodies (Part Vic).—W. A. Mozart, Sonatas for vio-

lin and piano. No. 4, 7, and others.

" XII s —2d-7th Position.—Introduction toShifting. Supplementary: Sonatasof W. A. Mozart, Nos. 4, 7, andothers.

" XIII 4—Transitional Tone used in Shift-

ing—Diatonic Scales in a Varietyof Forms through 3 Octaves.Supplementary: Concert-studies:Rode, Concerto No. 6; Viotti,

Concerto No. 23; Pieces fromGrade III.

" XIV —Intonation of Double Stops. Sup-plementary: Continuation of Con-cert-studies and Pieces fromGrades III and IV.

1 Because the sense of rhythm varies in indi-

viduals, the exercises in Parts Ila and lib maybe studied independently, without keeping pacewith the parallel exercises for the left hand.In this case the omission of these exercises inbowing must be made up in the followingParts.

2 It is of great importance for the beginner toplay frequently with piano accompaniment.The difference in tone-color between the violin

and the piano, the harmonic structure of themusic, the fine nuances in the piano-part, all

tend to guide, even urge, the beginner towardpure intonation, proper crescendos and decres-cendos, and correct accentuation. Thus he is

almost compelled to produce a more beautifultone and to render the music with taste. Forthese reasons he may study, even at an earlystage, in connection with Parts II-IV corre-spondingly easy pieces with piano accompani-ment.

2 To be studied concurrently with Parts Via,Vlb, Vic and VII.

4 To be studied concurrently with Parts VIII,IX, X and XI.

EINTEILUNG DESLEHRSTOFFES

Abteilung I —Einjiihrung in die erste Lage." Ha —1. Lage. 1

" lib 1 — 1. Lage. I Nebenbei" III — 1. Lage. \

vorzunehmen*IV —1. Lage. J

"Abt. V—Die rhythmisierten Dur-Tonleitern aus Abt. Ila undlib.—Vortragsstiicke (1. Lage,

Stufe I) mit Klavier.'

" V —Einjiihrung in die 2.-7. Lage.Dazu: Abt. lib, III und IV,

soivie die ziveite Violinstimmezu den 29 Duettinen aus Abt. I,

Ila und lib.

Via —2.-7. Lage. \ _.Vlb -2.-7. Lage. \

DaX^f40 bohmische IVeisen in der

2.-7. Lage.

" Vic —2.-7. Lage.—40 bohmische Wei-sen. Dazu : Abt. Via und Vlb.

VII —2.-7. Lage.—D azu: Abt. XII{Einjiihrung in den Lagenviech-

set).

ge.Age. >

ge. J

Dazu%

VIII -T-1.-1. Lage.

IX —2.-7. LageX —2.-7. Lage.XI —2.-7. Lage.

%Abt. XII—Die ziveite Violin-

stimme aus den 40 bohmischenIVeisen (Abt. Vic).—W. A.Mozart, Sonaten fur Violine

u. Klavier, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XII' —2.-7. Lage.—Einjiihrung in denLagenivechsel. Dazu: Sonatenvon W. A. Mozart, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XIII* —Lagenverbindungston. Diatoni-sche Tonleitern in verschiedenerForm durch 3 Oktaven. DazuKonzertstudien : Rode, KonzertNr. 6; Viotti, Konzert Nr. 23und Vortragsstiicke aus der 3.'

Stufe.

XIV —Intonieren der Doppelgriffe.

Dazu: Fortsetzung der Konzert-studien und Vortragsstiicke ausder 3. und 4. Stufe.

1 Da die rhythmischen Anlagen nicht bei jeder-

mann die gleichen sind, konnen die rhythmischenVebungen au Abt. Ila und lib selbstdndig vor-

fiommen vuerden, ohne mit den gleichlaujen-

Uebungen fur die linke Hand gleichen Schritt

zu halten. In diesem Falle jedoch sind diese Bo-geniibungen bei den folgenden Abteilungen nachzu-

holen.

2 Hdufiges Spielen mit Klavier ist fur den An-janger von grosster Wichtigkeit. Die Klangver-schiedenheit zivischen Geige und Klavier, die vollen

Harmonien des Stiickes, die feine Nuancierung in

der begleiienden Klavierstimme leiten und drdngenden Anjanger zum reinen Intonieren, zum An-schivellen und Abschvjdchen, zum Akzentuieren derTone. Er ivird geradezu gezivungen den Tonschon zu bilden und das Musikstiick geschmackvollvorzutragen. Deshalb kann man schon neben Abt.II—IV entsprechend leichtere Heine Stiicke mitKlavier vornehmen.

3 Neben Abt. Via, Vlb, Vic und VII vorzu-

nehmen,4 Neben Abt. VIII, IX, X und XI vorzunehmen.

ARRANGEMENT DESMATIKRES.

Partie I —Introduction a la premiere poti-

tion.

'.'. \\t ~\Tt S05'.'! "-} Matieres

ttt "J" £OS'!'0n -

j.Supplemen-

JJ,1 -

,

lre P08;*? "- taires.*" IV —Ire Position. J

Partie V—Les Gammes majeuresrythmiques des Parties Ila et

lib.—Compositions (Ire posi-

tion, Degre I) avec piano. 2

" V —Introduction a la 2me-7me Po-sition, Matieres supplemen-taires: Parties lib, III et IV;aussi le second violon des 29

Duettini des Parties I, Ila et

lib.

" Via -2me-7me Position.! J^H6™!,

" Vlb -2me-7me Position.]Su^^n-

|40 Melodies bohemiennes dansla 2me-7me position.

" Vic —2me-7me Position.—40 Melodiesbohemiennes. Matieres supple

-

mentaires: Parties Via et Vlb." VII —2me-7me Position.—Matieres

Supplementaires: Partie XII(Introduction au demanche).

" VIII —2me-7me Position." IX —2me-7me Positon. } Matieres" X —2me-7me Positon.

[Supplemen-

" XI —2me-7me Positon. J taires.§

§Partie XII—Le second violondes 40 Melodies bohemiennes(Partie Vic).—W. A. Mozart,Sonates pour violon et piano,Nos. 4, 7, etc.

" XIIs —2me-7me Position.—Introduc-tion au demanche. Matieressupplementaires : W. A. Mo-zart, Sonates pour violon et

piano, Nos. 4, 7, etc." XIII*—Note de transition.—Gammes

diatoniques en diverse s formesparcourant 3 octaves. Matieressupplementaires : £ t u d e s deConcert: Rode, Concert No. 6;Viotti, Concert No. 23; compo-sitions du degre III. .

" XIV —Intonation des doubles cordes.Matieres supplementaires: Con-tinuation des £tudes de Concertet compositions des degres IIIet IV.

'- Le sens du rythme n'etant pas le meme cheztous les individus, il est possible d'etudier les

exercices rythmiques des Parties Ila et lib in-

dependamment, sans egard aux exercices paral-

lels pour la main gauche. Dans ce cas il fautcompleter plus tard ces exercices d'archet pen-dant l'etude des parties suivantes.

2 Pour le commencant il est de la plus grandeimportance de jouer souvent avec accompagne-ment de piano. Le timbre different du violon

et du piano, les accords pleins de la composi-tion les nuances de l'accompagnement, tout cela

conduit, et meme entraine l'eleve a une intona-

tion juste, a faire les crescendi et decrescendi, a

observer l'accentuation des notes. Tous ces

details le forcent a cultiver une belle^ sonorite

et a interpreter les ceuvres avec gout. Pourcela il peut deja commencer l'etude de pieces

faciles avec piano conjointement aux exercices

des Parties II-IV.3 A Studier conjointement aux Parties Via,

Vlb, Vic, VII.

*A etudier conjointement aux Parties VIII,

IX, X, XI.

Page 63: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

On an Harmonic Basis

Por

lOIiflinXIV PARTS

by

INTERMEDIATE STUDIESFROM THE 2nd TO THE 7th POSITION

PART VII: CHROMATIC SHIFTING onone and on two Strings, with Controlling

Open String.—The Augmented Second.—Harmonic Minor Scales, with Bowing-Exer-cises for Detache,Legato, Staccato and Spiccato.

CONSONANT CHORDS:Placing the Fingers for the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth, with Exercises for Bow-ing.—Preparation of the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth.—The Major and the MinorTriad in Double-Stops.—The Bro/cen Triad

in various Keys, with Changes of Bowing.—DISSONANT CHORDS: The Diminish-

ed Triad, with Enharmonic Changes, in

Sinde Tones and Double-Stops.

PART IX: The Diminished Triad contin-

ued.—The Augmented Triad in Single Tonesand Double Stops, with Exercises for

Fingering and Bowing.

Price Each Part

$1.75

PART X: The Chord of the Dominant Sev-

enth in all Keys.—The Chord of the Dom-inant Seventh in Arpeggios through the

Circfe of Fifths in all Positions, with vari-

ous kinds of Bowing.—The Chord of the

Diminished Seventh in various Keys, with

Exercises for Fingering and Bowing.

PART XI: The Chord of the Diminished

Seventh continued.—Uniform Shifting of

Fingers on one String, with a Controlling

Open String.—The same on two Strings.

Shifting of the Double-Stops of the Dimin-

ished Fifth, the Diminished Seventh,the MinorThird and the Major Sixth, with a Controll-

ing Open String.—Exercises for Shifting

Positions and Finger-Exercises employingdifferent Combinations of Stops for the

Chord of the Diminished Seventh.—Stretch-

ing of Fingers.

Copyright—Property of the Publisher

HARMS, Incorporated

Page 64: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 65: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

/y y^r

PART VIII.2d-?th Position.

Contents.

Consonant and Dissonant

Chords.

CONSONANT CHORDS: Placing the

fingers for the double-stop of the

perfect Fifth, with bowing-exercises

in the 2<J - 4th position. - Prepara-

tion of the double-stop of the per-

fect Fifth when later on the lower

or upper tone of the Fifth is sound-

ed, in the 2i-4tJj position. - TheMajor and Minor Triad in double-

stops in the 2<I- 7Q position.- Thebroken Triad in various keys, with

changes of bowing, in the 2^-7'i1 po-

sition.

DISSONANT CHORDS: The diminished

Triad with enharmonic changes in

single tones and double-stops through

various keys in the 2<? -?th position.

The placing of the fingers for the

double-stop of the perfect fifth in

the 24 Position.

ABTEILUNG VIII.

2.-2 Lage.

Inhalt.

Konsonierende und dissonierende

Akkorde.

KONSONIERENDE AKKORDE: Aufse -

tzen der Finger fiir den Doppelgriff

der reinen Quinte, mit Bogeniibun -

gen in der 2.-4. Lage.- Vorberei-

tung des Doppelgriffes der reinen

Quinte bei spdterem Erklingen des

unteren oder oberen Tones derQuinte

in der 2.-4. Lage.- DerDur-undMoll-

Dreiklang in Doppelgriffen inder 2t

7. Lage.- Der gebrochene Dreiklang

in verschiedenen Tonarten,mitStrich-

arten, in der 2- 7. Lage.

DISSONIERENDE AKKORDE: Der ver-

minderte Dreiklang mit enharmo-nischen Verdnderungen in einfachen

Tonen und Doppelgriffen durch ver-

schiedene Tonarten in der 2.-7. Lage.

1.

Aufsetzen der Finger fiir den Dop-

pelgriff der reinen Quinte in der

2. Lage.

PARTIE VIII.

2me_7me position.

Table des Matierss.

Accords consonants et

dissonants

ACCORDS CONSONANTS: Maniere

de placer les doigts pour la double

corde de la quinte juste, avec exer-

cices du coup d'archet, a la 2"le-4nie

position.- Preparation de la dou-

ble corde de la quinte juste, quand

le son inferieur ou superieur de la

quinte est jouee plus tard, a, la 2ISe-

4"Le position.- L'accorddetroissons

majeur et mineur en doubles cOrdes

a la2IBe-? IHe position.- L'accordbri-

se de trois sons en diversestonalites,

avec coups d'archet, a, la 2™-7v±e po-

sition.

ACCORDS DISSONANTS: L'accord di-

minue, avec changements enkarmo -

niques, en cordes simples et an dou-

bles cordes, en diversestonalites ala2me_7nie position.

Maniere de placer les doigts pour

la double corde de la quinte juste

a la 2™e Position.

Finger. Q ° l'T

Doigt. £? <A 4

li* Fing1. Ft mJ'1 vW* r$5

jJJJj^Jj'fpI - hF\P\F\F\\SP&&&hflflft&

) M., Fr., Sp. ad libitum.

Sev£ik Op.lt VIII

Page 66: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2 2>~

^yo a-

r # Uj CJl; fJlr Cj]>» cr » ct » cr » ft

<s»>-

nr;rr»rr^^ r.v r.r r.

>

r.> ij^^j^^j^^ 5d)_

«JV

5 J'JJJ'JJJ'J;'JHJJ«gffiffljfrrTfl— -«u="* 0-Z-0—-0

" -^ - ^ ^_ ~ - __ T- - ^Z_r - "

a l.

f\ * J -s- a ', -m- \* -P- >~-(*-ii rs-i*- i»i»- i-i»- L —s i»- •—si*- ->v -0- -~si»-

^ b P U U:

(D_

£N «_g\ ,t*^ ^gN

<3*

3l Finger.

^ ^F ^ ^ ^F^ D2E~ g g^P§>-

(D-

Djj-CjjjIlLr Ulj-ic

rN h ^> »-N ft ?\ rr r*m

r-l JJ n y o&s^ «L^p~p

c|»-

Sevcik Op. 11 VIII

Page 67: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

5

1

o ijHpirTf i rf ^

ii

r rfru rrirLrii rrfrrrLrfLrri riirrrirrrim^

*T 3 3. 3 3 3 :> > =* =* .

3^(1)_

^ r?€\r*£iJ2£±£

^ 1cz fT ^ £ ,

/T*i* £.** £## £

4*1? Finger.

4. Finger.

(!>>

(2}l

o o

S3 £^ if rff i

r

i

^ f i^j tt?\

*i

O Oo o

The placing of the fingers for the

double-stop of the perfect fifthin the 3d Position.

2.

Aufsetzen der Finger fur denDop-pelgriff der reinen Quinte in der

3. Lage.

Maniere de placer les doigts pour

la double corde de la quiute juste a,

la 31"? Position.

ITT

§ ^^^^^ItQ^I^^^,Ct»T

-&- I©"

f#p tr pr ifM ^rrira rar i

o ^}>

s>-

ra? jjJ jjJ-j:JW "J ''I ^ " v>r

= J1 J i^z — m y Am—*-J g --* J f J'^J^'l^tJ^J^J^^g

Sevuik Op.ll VIII

Page 68: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

'JI

£2Z ^ppm _ a: _ m

12 2.2>^

Ear F i P ,f m F II F tt» F '-

*r r~ i* r- r i

» -"——

y

ClrOrOj ^E^S^E^*»-

(§>)

00 JTL0 _f-A ~

I 0-# # •J, _»_._»._»MTE ape

cf»-

!>-

Piping<S— =^j^ren

y p=fc h^NfT^-—ir-^

- v« 1 — V* ^- ^«=+^iS •

3 """3^

•- — P— •— ' •—

^Jh e* ^r ^ ^ ^ ^OSt ^S 5t«-# 0-0 0-0

<«»

^fe ^fe ftfife tete f* F_* £* tete, £e £e ££ 'iflteNftff>«ftSff\ft»ffs

^ °Z'3-,(f^

.^m.rf-f-fzff-.fL1 f-g -F-P

A #.

Sevcik Op. 11 VIII

Page 69: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The placing of the fingers for the

double-stop of the perfect fifth in

the ^i1 Position.

Aufsetzen der Fingerfur den Dop-

pelgriff der reinen Quinte in der

4. Lage.

Maniere de placer les doigts pour

. la double corde de la quinte juste a,

la 4™e Position.

jp ir J

fir Jitf

i r r Y Lcj [rj [gj ' ^clj cLr L^^b =

CfrlfrCCflfr nccfrcrccfrcr 'cCltcErclWWCrWcK

>

ii

^ A -t

lj J J Ij -I^J-JL.=^^±± ' — # JIT * T # T jl~ u

**"&>'CD-

3

di

Jr pi

.tfr #p ii*f J» P=-=r=0=¥rz . f ll^ftfr , fr s f f jfn^^f

o

£7 P -P p-

2>

1— P "i— p

U—^B.^^,. ^^__ ^^=——Waa =:

Jri•h

^§ip> :i>-

s0-f

£2•-•-0- +^#— •-

rfr0-

fffi*~i

mlt.

(I»=SevCik Op.il VIII

Page 70: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

8

2-Z'

rT5-n

. -a

G 1 J ' * 1 J " W 1 t^-+ 1

_

-^« 1

*-#U* #=^=*U^^-(§>>-

Eg» 9*9» - = »

i i|jJJJ # J J J * J JJ* J J J *11 fc; J ^ J J J # J J J ^ J J J ^J J II g

^f"f^, »Tr~^, fTf^fTr^ f u i*n^* i*^!*^ f^Tp g=£g n fr"T ^"fT ^ff" ^fT" ^"p^U>>

fe 1 J ^p r^ff* M%^** **

f IV I #

^(1>-

IH J * Si g5m —; -.jr EjK n * v * *

<»>>-

v^ - w——-^

° -0- -&

r^rpr si

i£ £ * o o

;r:.rif

n n '»-

O o O 5 o o o 5 5 b ^

Sevcik Op.U VIII

Page 71: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

9

Tlie preparation ofthe double-stop

of the perfect fifth where the loweror upper tone is played later,as the

arrow shows.

2l Position.

Vorbereitung des Doppelgriffes

der rez'nen Quinte bei spaterem Er-klingen des unteren oder oberen

Tones, wz'e der Pfeil zeigt.

2. Lage.

Preparation de la double corde de

la quinte juste, quand la note infe-

rieure ou superieure est jouee plus

tard, comme l'indique la fleche.2me Position.

*) In repeating the measure the first noteis placed simultaneously with the last noteas a double-stop.

SevSik Op.llVHI

») Beim Wiederholen des Taktes wird dieerste Note zugleich mif der letzten als Dftp-

pelgriff aufgesetzt.

*) En repetant la mesnre la premiere note

doit etr\e placee simult anement avec la

derniere\ comme double corde.

Page 72: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10

&& >

° b i

»cfj cfj ctj ca uri^O 4

jjjjglg-sf-s-.-sf-: r-f-i— m— r--*-

PPjPPPIa #-ii . v+rtwf- #w# p l»- -=ff# fflEB

(i)_

?) i IN

^^^mmmg^mm^^mmmmW * ~ * * ~ * ~-0- &-a ^-0 =-# •-5—

*

v^g>1 4

4.) ^

_£_ <?^ ^^g

§»ttiltt* *, Z J*J Mftj$^ _ a—i—* fT T^ 1 j—

»

es- £s

CMMMLCrulrulrulri^ 11

tfrrrrTrrrrrrf ll rft

r f ri irfrf^>ffl#iu- JmmiM^m^m(0_

J. jte *„ fc* a* £+ ± fte

i iPrTTrrrrlTrr il-

p$Lr+tic+-

fB« I r —a , , r r M Ftf*—g--p > < —„

ft* .,— ^-«- «

^-m-—OTrlYf r iifr^rfffff rf f?«rfPtff*

g3 ^=jB

SevcikOp.llVIII

Page 73: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The preparation of the double-stop

of the perfect fifth in the

3r_d Position.

5.

Vorbereitung des Doppelgriffes der

reinen Quinte in der

3. Lage.

11

La Preparation deladouble corde

de la quinte juste a la

3™e Position.

p 1 t> s>\i

—I

o c> c

C(p " a—s • -J— -J— M= -J

-i|l— -•—:

-o -• -m—1"- J -•

J J •

ss -m —--4- —# —i # o

-#L J- •o

-J- • J- •-> -4. •> -# •> -# •y< -4-

l

Ji JiO J

j"iJ Ji ' - : J »JiT^r^J * ~ V- « Vo ^ o ^ o

J^J I

JJ J J UitJ - j J4

J

i>

'J w~6

- J J. *U <^^

^weio? «H=7 * ^ ^* ^*o o oo o

Sr— *-" k» 1<c»

5s^s *s?

o o1*

oO \P

9-

Oj^lrClj cJjJ iLUfuiP*?

^ "J> ^pT^^^gg '^ -^-j^-*^ --V*

• • * —wT., w»nTf^r\.nr* '. ,r

m a

1 y, 'QjsrcLrcLrcLr 'LicrlirLirLir1 Tiffl L£ PS

tf~^i ^£iriwripi'rriilipipgigii^iilllill

6*

3Z * 1dJds+5.~CT^ S£

gev8ik0p.il VIII

Page 74: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12

m . .^.fr.fe*^

foO flfi r M^Jfo&ttffftffft ,rT^rrff if^rTfrrf iWfflftfffnffrVffrfr7fff

,

(i)_

tf_^ N 6

%r\ g ii h =*fi• ;«*". •

r 1 1 /4f j^r jJLr jLr 11 gpgg g 1^.7 uLI^^o 3) o

"r r.rr.rr>rf>i i iir

f

Tf r r rT r i^r rir »rs nip'¥f .^;g^^

(D-

UJE; Ulf Hef*

(ii_tf

:

(ft is g h*jj*jj*jj*j irjJVJ J^ J^OLit^lJJNjHjfJ.y * • Ju 11

(1)_

6"

*5 i^^i1 *i*^ *i^U^^Si* -^ 5-* g "O

^>#P m-0 wr-^T~w mm *:=££ F*=ffFmumsMO 4-

Sa 11rr^ t~^

» • j -*-# J«JI» II*atsW^ « * «l *=s* ^>=« < ZZ0 m d' * -^ m 1 1 ^ =*/

SevCikOp.llVIII

Page 75: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The preparation of the double-stop

of the perfect fifth in the

4th Position.

6.

Vorbereitung des Doppelgriffes der

reinen Quinte in der

4. Lage.

13

Preparation de la double corde de

la quinte juste a, la

4«Le Position.

o r p- o #o ^o -^ b

i; >[)/ [)

o

r CJfr 4Zf .. fZr\fTri .. -fir'mm ~ m-mrm-—n~-m ' m —m~ r m \\m —n m- m~^- r ^r «=-=-' #f= 1=

1tes

--*

{) °i. «> " ./g^° ^r^ tf /O V #

*=£ P=£ P-£ aq» w£9- 1 r* L-r-

'(!)_ 1)

^fl3^&StfStfj&l\

y

tl:tiitLr£liVtllftllf~G B-v * * * rO %> O o o o

fX^£j^gp CCCr H fr^r

ur ffr r H^rr rrrrrrrffr H f

Trr r rfr"rrrrr H^m^mm

(D_

i>

«—r<S'

iJ *>J *• 0-

& 2S>

^^i i^u^ui^

Vr-~r*><? ^s^s>g

J>JJJJJJ

JJlUlP*p «£Vf 'v *r»

SevJikOp.llvni

Page 76: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

14

t-Zmt-Z* -&•£fltgficrcfcriT!

a ^m&kr&k -bi%?>-iSJF^ ii cT fffr cCFfrr n

rfirffrrfrffr ,

6^ ^<?(li_

3T 3

rl^_f f>_ |

|l/

Si g .!> M^WZ'lZm^ fnfrt1?r i^ssEg »s-

p:===p:UU-4^^ N 6

k '\ iJ^JT3/]^^ ni^J^Qi_

° ?) 2)3' 3

6 6

ftp WJ 7> WJ~> U~^JJ~^_JJ ll

=^7J J ^~»^JJ^ IIJ2f"

prWJV7-fJ-U«^ 1•=* IE

mc> o"> o O oI F' »

N-fat O

fff iff iff iff ts ga ga <rs . rl i«=gO o O 4; o O O

o o s !^i+-^r-m

^5#FFj— i*o_l_ a£

g ^ ^JB

440 O 4

=±^ U= ^=^jfe:^—-J-g^^[

o o o o o o o om m mmm ## n^i<O 4 o

o f"o fg *o—To _~7

--)—-~i——-) ^o 400 00 K7 *

1

Sio o O o tf~~\ y^6

sm^o g^ ^oo6~~~ 00^'^ "00^

5P 3=o

SevSikOp.ll VIII

Page 77: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Major and minor Triad in double-

stops in various keys.

2i Position.

Der Dur-und Moll-Dreiklang in

Doppelgriffen in verschiedenen Ton-

arten.2. Lage.

15

Accord de trois sons majeur etnri-

neur en doubles cordes endiverses to-

nalites.2™ Position.

f\ 1 O 3 O\J n 1 -•—

h

o1 a

o

Ih ^—

^

wiyi\lM\$i±\M^P3 41v - #»^ -.£3 -ijg Hf °H~W5 :"»

O. 3

iO O Oi Q| 4 q 0, *

1matslo-* U -* U-*-®1

1 13 ^- 1 13

«-«

O o o

—. -& —

q i

1 13 -sL l 3_L 1 q

Mj^Hl'wJUI fe=^j,d wja "3^s w^rw3 * '4 77

44iz \biJwkA$mg>g"CrP |

tf,y^##

||^1^J» «-« w-:b# -: v& v*t—\ \>t T?7 v

t> I rcr~O 3

i4] O i Q Q .M *e=rf^^M::?

£«3te = :« mm r.

us: PP2E$TV 77 Jo &* I F

ffi l aiLiSg II « iS— -• g s

pFfJ#^J % fr po oo

O 3zz: * 1

I^^ JS o o

BEO I O O O 3 O

sw*

i i iI o

P g — «-S W*pBf ?C3EO

n»1 3

1j o o

-fff^TWrrtf^ ItfFFft itfFfP

o

o oO O O O, O Oii(_ Ji_ |4

^ •-•-

po

O 3

o o

te^ J.4[VI * •'

kga ^gigfe _Jp i Jjgg; jfifrp it^i^frr^#rfW 1e

* #-i;«- & %£+& fe. * ^ - ^ a** >*«. 2#u£ a\£ *£ fL*.^ 3 * £m ft

o i o|o4 .

£l *£ 1

o

ff-rff1 4

M-g O * O OI„#si -e-IS

o

++0.O+& o£# £^ m-s-^

i*^^ *_#: ^.^

4O 2

*§[>j2 E?#

i1»"|S>-

o o

Sevgik Op.UVIII

o o o o o o o

Page 78: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

16

Major and minor Triad in double-stops in various keys.

3* Position.

8.

Der Dur-und Moll-Dreiklang in

Doppelgriffen in verschiedenen Ton-

arten. „ T3. Lage.

O 2

Accord de trois sons majeur et mi-neur en doubles cordes en diverses to-

nalites. ,™.^. . .3™e Position.

i iS z:

iixz

f 5 V Tp^T^jyp^22

«t —

f

-

iO, O, g. Q 4

4 4o

^^^tfflr^iiJ '^'^ i^ 11^ 1 ffPFfg yj iy

ik 4

o4 4o ol*n9-«-S- ^

fz~.^ m m a mm*+ la

I

o

d. 41 O 3

1

f & \%-*~&- 0| I -W- -*-•-

«— -M-sz

#*m m ao a r* r

pp4 4O gj O *

i* a o a

I PPC— zmzm. m-s-

I o |a a

itH J »,,|J, gfefea i

itflii^-J I elfo o a a, 4 |

Iws-

P I IIMMKMI I F*Ii^a i

ftJ o

o a

4o

o b 3 lo 'o

fe^p

m tf=£4O

PPPi<ii

JJ to jE5; HP:f&--* 1»"S-

EH T r T p

Iiei

a o4 4O o

o o O 4

a 3

O O

O 3

1ss*p ^ X3t

v mo o

J ^m& \ rr v

o4

a 2,

O, 4o &

jf

,jif! |g r

r i

fjpri^^^u m. m.

%£-a&

«-S>

Too

Q. #.,,#.£

to 12 a 4 u u

'

' ° [

o o * ° "- »

'I H -=

o

Q

o o

fttf C,gu4 Ite, W* - U*i Ife*" 0|>ftE J 6 1&- 3 1»--|9-

iT^irMifTnTrfirTnTn ifTr i r'fTirTr ii

±te o ^.:r

in• 4o

4 4„ o o

i# f*# £* 1 o

£ o a — a -0- &•

4 4o o

— r_~ o —fj- £ff3-

f2.

l» II E I I I" I L in 1 II

SevCik Op. 11 VIII

Page 79: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Major and minor Triad in double-stops in various keys.

4& Position.

l, l

9.

Der Dur-und Moll-Dreiklang in

Doppelgriffen in verschiedenen T&n-arten. _ T

4. Lage.

3 4 3 l, l

17

Accord detrois sous majeur et mi-neur en doubles cordes en diversesto-

nalites. ,,».,-, ..;4me Position.

wm.m plfpijppip\o lg 2

1 fl

*o i

r? q

oo, o

§

p o

-t-3 ^sf~^# fc«-«-

f«-fl «-iS-

* • 6* _r»

4

*-

*

ir~rw V

Z2 en*

4 4G°

ifc 3: s=a: zz

In ^ ~—\o L :

o, l

a 2

1, 3| „

im1, 1, O 1 1, 8|um i

4 33:

=*=*=% * mrj 3bfcz:=Jt3_-Dfcg P^ 0* _

2 2 2

ll 3 4 3 1

Vi i i foS 3i fh3 i J r

1

! in

3J i i i ifM

JV^ lt

; i

tJI|i

; iiJ?)^

t^fflg

b~ o

ill 3 TS" i

i 1 1 3 4b 3 1

[o bio pFE PPP ifS

3*Cf toft lltypE itlPP iHc P U #Ce i ff

4 4o qQ

i¥4q 4

I r p i i :r i f f p i

3 r^ir*i pi^

IilWIi ti«^ fc£

#_*. o 1 1

zro fa

3

ii i

o3 O 1 -U»-~l

i«LTT 0E WW "j \\m a

Pomrr

gUp-,*

i

4^2

o

,3

a I a ^ S^.Jtf^ j J«4Iff p | flf

o l.:= |#^£I»-& •-•— S1

Z3=—

a

EC

^f iVff ,ffr

i^ri^ iW i^irfPi liy ir#iLff?iMI'M

!«» '

!I I ' ' ll. B5 11 1 II M [

' 1 E ! 1 1 1

'' il t 7

I I1U.M 1 I 'o *^

^O 4 lo X 4 I°4u^t* -i» & -0- -m- a. n, a. 2 a.

o|B*~I<tJ& ££:£: -££ n! ££ I

3 •— -£:& -& A £ 4 = 4ft - **—f ,f£f , ^f^ii I i

i

# i£4 « 3

» p i \ wo—1 1 I ga- f^ i fTif j£. 4o

2ZICBo o

Major and minor Triad in double-stops in various keys.

5$ Position,

rv4—

o4

10.

Der Dur-und Moll-Dreiklang in

Doppelgriffen in verschiedenen Ton-arten.

5. Lage.

zn.

i

Accord de trois sons majeur et mi -

neur en doubles cordes endiversesto-

nalites.5™ e Position.

HI,

P. 2 2j Oi 2I IO, 2 al O

, 2 I I I I 4 [I

^ ||J

I*ft/

|Jr^l^ 'SJf^^~

I O" I 4^ O* O O 4

z#-e 0-0

w zr wm ii 21^ 4 4 M1'O 4

P zz

o o3t

o oe3 o o

Sevcik Op. 11 VIII

O O 2 o o

Page 80: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

18

IV

' o ^^L'. o _. —. M— o f> " ,r* m s SEE<y _:o

~ZX—a _: ~.

ftiifiJ3iJ|

rJ i »Jti i 'j[J i J'J'|

i'jiil i 'jiJ|; i lF'i'Ji|

JJttff'J 'El22

o 4 or12

o o1

F*k&s jb

a -rf2 fct-g2 2

Q O «> rs O

F i.frP i feprsfglo I I

l

4 l b: 1

4 Il l ^

9— -•

N' Jrrur p9— -•

2 2-g-g-g a> g>

O4

2 1»-|9-

i:£ o 2i -©.

r°4 4

3 f ijff iff^ifffiJJpiJI O' I 'I 13 ' 'O '4

I " o O I ' O

& -P-2I

1S ia lo

#o1&-

O JO

4HI O #£.

eI

j Site fegf I j#r#e i tfjtet itfjpte |#

/

ife

#i*h-»

io o

CH2

2 Tg- ggff ifur. . i^r^ ifar fMi*# #,

tefcA If £'Jte

rHrr 1 lo II Irr"- 1—kr—-g~r~ I I 1 11S3wm ::«O I

44 b 4n=_ .g. 04"

i£ |e._.S ..I ****§ *-g*££ #£#£ #£*-£

«-

5T

£*-»—*

°4

:sle

II o

4 •— a-g- £ :2_

4

i » s*_s .. a> » :ggfit

1»- ^. - 1S>-

ulmfi3 4

fez jg-g-- . a frurfi

rtf.ffru^Mfen=E

*£,

ffi

"ppf ipff i«f*ff i

»rPp i*ms$i \ *ffi i *ff^ iff^ II O I I

II In lb. I lo o II lo I I In I In In I lo—In—

H

Major and minor Triad in double-stops in various keys.

6Lh Position.

11.

Der Dur-und Moll- Dreiklang in

Doppelgriffen in verschiedenen Ton-arten.

6. Lage.

Accord de trois sons majeur et nii-

neur en doubles cordes endiverses to-

nalites.6™e Position.

^ 3iJ i jJ .

l

i jJMH'ijrM]V3j .l

i

H i

'J i

,

r' J i ''J^U1 o o o o o o

=#= 2 2G—-0

42

fa"-«-

4 §-atlr-V |U a

fa'J

fM-fcV rUrfeiT

,JII «. < #h 'j M i*

4

f49-r~

m

r-0- -9-0-

2

-0

O

JL".

•O O 2 *

-J—

)

SM

« « ' w-•^

-amg-l

a

-• s^

a

-»-

2-9

-9^S-

lt^4»-f—•=1

4 3*1^j 3^1 o

i j i

f ji i r r "

ii1 f i

* ,«- a

4 4 22 r> m O

-ff~:HI « -=-«—f f-e-4

i

— g

9::

--s1- P a1 g— a-ag* ||—«-9 iLM UUP 1

J 2 2 'o

Sevcik Op.U VIII

Page 81: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

19

P—sn^

itfdrf itf^rr 'ff

»L.i^.l»JJ"f;i»eiaj|ii3Jhp»J l li iiJJhpJ.lO 3 A cTS

I M " O lo O 3 O 3 '

|o O 3

ifei&%&

& o oTTo o

-fit #h#-£ 1:£4

a£ 2

4 4 -gi.

51opz=:b 1^

lo lo k5 I

^ \>M.M.U vm*.0. 9M.MO %o_

2 To

T

lo '3 a_ 44lo o |o o4

I#-9 9-S-

& £-MaU *-,! 4 m,iM&

o4 4 aj2 *0

* lo lo 2 O I ^O (o'

|o' |o4

mjtmm¥ to

o

3 3

2

1 1n^.^ft i

E.tfcf ,aip , ii]Mf

i_ :£

2

^ 7 . f g t~

1* £--&

m n lo I3 I 10 1 3 l .lolo 1 3 IIjh OH©-13-

2 24j2

mm£ £,i ,*£ *ef i42 #*^ I*#J2 (*#^

:=:z:£ :=:*:£ : = :*:£

Q~KT g I Ifl ItT 3~CT

2 €rO -0- S- J-#*e E ft*4L *fe£ fc#* te#g #e§A

s>- — -»--s- --9- £fe fee*

4

mm ;;fe2 -S"- o

J2 * 2

I I" lt> I .3 I ^O '{ )

Major and minor Triad in double-stops.

7^ Position.

12.

Der Dur-und Moll-Dreiklang in

Doppelgrz'ffen.

7. Lage.

Accord de trois spns majeur et mi-

neur en doubles cordes.

7™e Position.

rv1, r> 1

Pw #3^• Q -*?m *-? 9--0- 9-9

om rv lo 2

^in3

rv^2,

J2.

1 -1 O

ffi

lWefi i«2 urn..

(2. A a#:= :-uP^2-

I#-s>- #rSr

i2: IS

lo b I0I2 12 lolo 10 la o o™ nn2 m 2 2

i 4ll *«j: *£;£: *£4— « o§b# 2 -- -= 5- --

Oa. 1 o

ttf

».,i rf,»Pf ,

Prf:Mv11 p eg

o o m 11 in o on

ite #|i ^i £ tes #f£a Jfi„ hihP-&:

.r^a *« 2 *:r_ o:=2

1

1;= o#'si

iz

© o^ o

Sevcik Op.U VIII

o b

Page 82: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

20

Broken triads in various keys withdifferent kinds of bowing,

2i Position.

13.

ffebrochene Dreikl tinge in verschiede-

nen Toriarten mit Stricharten.

2. Lage.

Accords brises de trois sons en

diverses tonalites, avec variantes

du coup d'arcliet.

2°Le Position.

M.n i n gm u'JWiy"s *#

^v*- -&*

i #^ 5, rp -. <w -

P- 1-0 mm£ =—*£=&2=d«J i

2 ^

P. P ,. >~-0-Z*L.ESe1*#

»-JUfV9

frHIfliLWri2=Z4—

t

_^ ^_ ?> -* i>

2.2* r

* W 1ts-H-^« Py-^=P S5«h±=*

>>-SL 1.. ^>«Lr^ 2.

2 1 "2 r1 1

##

bPP ^ <?-f£ *^s-^ j. ii :, --~.

p~>,

L^i^ '^ar^dJw^wruj' mmi*

i^ ^ i-

3 2> —

J

L— :a-_ 2

s> wd " 4iw -*wi "j^1* is<%* |r^j£_>'w^ gg

s aiif^-ai

yT

M^ 3

r ii

r-3 3.

^T

-.5 3 - ^J 3mmm&§m^m&^i*:zz«t— izzzz*-4-^3; 3

2 2V1 2

V 2^

mo^ m. spiccato sautille

JSPff^^pPB^SIi^i^lSBmartele n

^r^-mmmmm Hf^.ffr,= h

f)EfCfl*° II

§ev«ik Op. 11 VIII

Page 83: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Broken triads with different kinds

of bowing.

34 Position.

M.

. -A 1, ,-V.

14.

Gebrochene Dreiklange mit Strich-

arten.

3. Lage.

21

Accords brises de trois sons avec

variantes du coup d'arehet.

31e Position.

\mm¥%m¥^hmjs 6-6

n i i

Sp. » > =* =*"

^ m6—6—H-rq^ SiT^ni /^~J$m ^f" mf- £f#i"~X l?*# •f*">N f^ f^

MV,mmmmmemummsmw~ts:

O 2

i V2 s 5s .iffifr. sznnjTr. .i^rTTfi^rT,

^3o-

"1 sP . I H-r" " "I. ~f^ I f "i + » 4- > + ^I Sp.-A k?*-t^ r

2."2"

1.

12

s d I' i\fl*«y^ iff*-—"' -v% ".SJ* « -^

' i'Sr^'^-r*1 " 4j iv^ » ' v «7~- ^ " • * "• T •1 ^ 1 * T > f 1 T

^m? ^ ^te^bfe.i- #-*.

icM^-iffllUriaiUricaJtflri<A£#^s#

§3

o /-~t

aM. M. ^ =- M

ff^^i ..^a..a..af .AA fl

sauttlle

_ -. N yg= ^ y

Sevgik Op.ii VIII

r Sp. I *"r. i.

22..

3

2..

3

Page 84: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

22

Broken triads with different kindsof bowing.

4th Position.

22

j* X

15.

Oebrochene Dreiklange mit Strich-

arten.

4. Lage.

Accords brises de trbis sons avecvariantes du coup d'archet.

4"2.e Position.

1 1

TT

1 1r tYemsmmmzmmmmmmE^m « j^& -+?—w) *£p*x?

i

^i:

'

ii^F[gLicrig%i"jcJc[d' iitf% iia^aS^^M^atos ,.(&>-& ^fo, teJfa . pfcAcxg

f i >. i. ± T>i>i1 T 3

13 T 3

wmmi

i.^ i

inn^ifljWijuiai'Tiigi jttt iy1 Q-» H\*djte»

T 2^ 1 > T> T=* i--r

#^ m

t £ i > t> t> "i ^ ^^1— ^ ]Fi ii

i^" Fr. ^* ~ W^ " 1 - UM —iC

jfe...<fe_..<^TfHgK? «>*-*

%p-9M. TT

i&Miff^ftMfffff iT l frf flWfifrffffiniiiifi

M. M - spiccato satitille

mm )li-f*^-0-__Q *£Prrfrrfr i J7JJJ]J iDM iP^ i ^J II # --z^Tm

Imz-P' Z0> I

».

• I o 11!is> *

1T

1 1

1 1

o 14 I

o oI1

o o*

16.

Broken triads with different kindsof bowing.

5«i Position.

Gebrochene Dreiklange mit Strich-

arten.

5. Lage.

Accords brises de trois sons avecvariantes du coup d'archet.

5™? Position.

i £ * mm

o in -- ^""S?

* * s&*' * ; f p.. _*h »f#g- -mmmmmmB^a£

1|' IV g^a^tea^^^B^-7 ? "*J> V 1 ^ *

Sevcik Op.U VIII

Page 85: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

rt-t:1t-9-

g I. frfffrfmfff^i:_^+:,

#I\#. i^ates frgftrf -. fisgST?

23

mf T T1

i T-

l

TFr.

1

T

1 1

I T

m$ iffgi m§mg l

ihiSBS %WS

S0 1 a. lm—, sauttlle „

.rrry.:r iirf;-:fTirr^>\fHrrr>;rrr iTr; rrrrrir'^i^

Broken triads with different kindsof bowing.

6^ Position.

Gebrochene Dreikl'ange mit Strich-

arten.

6. Lage.

Accords brises de trois sons avecvariantes du coup d'archet.

6™e Position.

mute&mtgm^1 2

^flTr; llrT>? fe^^^s^S^^^3 3 i4

mm15"

Sevfiik Op. 11 VIII

1 —1 T

Page 86: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Broken triads with different kindsof ibowing.

7th Position.

Oebrochene Dreikl'dnge mit Strich-

arten.

7. Lage.

Accords brises de trois sons avecvariantes du coup d'archet.

7™ Position.

SevSik Op. 11 VIII

Page 87: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Dissonant chords.The diminished triad with enhar-monic changes in single notes anddouble-stops in various keys in the

24 -repositions.

19.

Dissonierende Akkorde.Der verminderte Dreiklang mit en-

harmom'schen Veranderungen ineirv-

fachen Tonen und Doppelgriffen durch

verschiedene Tonarten in der-S.-ZLage.

25

Accords dissonants.L'aecord diminue avec changements

enharmoniques en eordes simples et

en doubles eordes en divers tons a la2™e -7™.e position.

The diminished triads: *

Die uerminderten Dreikldnge: ^j ;~jfj~ =g^||Les accords diminues: §* ff**

-!"

II

2. Pos.1. 4-

Cfr?ccfrir r f i j rri

rji^m fitjijjgijjjwo o

mn

nnm3. Pos.3. Lager3. Pos

fL. I 1 i ^^^T it ® i TiJarJWJ ioi»-J «

-ft1

' J^ >/J^iJ J J JJIJjtJ ^IJ4d IQd llJjj^*^lJtfJ»MjHfff hj&d 11

• £ 2" O o 'O

gNU »Jrri»JrJ i rr» j icEritLff i

r j i r

r

^=36 tt.f juf^ Ag

*rf

f

i

ff'r i^f n<£fr r f r rr i

f r"f i

^r r f i

rff

irwrir r H3Jf iJJTOwr»Jf

O O O O

nJf r" lrfnj l*^^ I ptJ J» lp^ IjtiJ^ IlitjjQ'jJjJJ ltt ii&) ugff^yff

SevcikOp.UVmo *

Page 88: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

26

4. Pos.f\

4. Lag*, y I* °i

11 I I -f

4. Pos. W* JJJj^JWjJlJfjJJ l^JJgj^ |J J I

J

J«*'«i| j

|*|H l^fa U|)J

Po o o p

rltfUti i »J r r I r»^ 1 r*j ic^rim | r r | r

fif r rf ifrit

f fa

|

iff-

^2.-9-

tfr77^p>r r i^f * s i,r ^ g , 1 »r>. P rr i r i ? ir r P ir g

LCT/flr^ JrlCTJJ tenr irr^ m

ii!2 E;^

O O O

^ IV ——

O O iI "^^i ^^

5. Pos.

5. Pos. -^±^=g r ittj rr i rr^ ^mg

feffcirrirfr i

r rM r rnir'^rr^Trrrr ir^r r i r

^fFi^rr^

^r^J i' r f i

r f p ICljp tei^

3fri:f^ £*IV

r»* i i» g a J W

3 | , 2 ,

3ev£ik Op. 11 VIII

O O

Page 89: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2?

6. Pos. qiv

6. Pos. "W^ i ,.

^ i

|g

gjjjjjj u ^j i tfj j p ijnj § iit^r.[£^ i r73?O O o o o o^ n 4oR-

qs.r ujj \^ r \j^ m»rff

i«rff

i

»rrf

#1*mm iff f if f f ify ^crfWr^y .

^Ccirf rrrf iVf i *r r

fi

f he=A mh i^r*rgp a p

Lfr/r rf&—-+

\niv?. Pos.

fl

7. Pos.W^• ^ i

#

J IV l llt[£CrC££f : P <9— -^-P

o O

<7fr r i» rr|> g. jp

,

prtj> nffirffffrirfftr r^ff ir^rf

>#-#-

fvff,

rpf,fr^w~w

*i~fftt^tt. *%£ £**££ **££

Cflflfyflflffttf feyrflTifr^^ff^ ##

flfM* X2K

feeig WrfrnrfncccfiietfririiJr^rr^rfi

Sevdik Op.ll VIII

Page 90: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

28 20.

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreikldnge:

:

Les accords diminues: =w

2. Pos. Q2. Lage. j£ It

2. Pos.. ^9 $ J.'j^'j H I'JJ

I UUl U '"J

3eJ

n dv*

i I;J j J 1 i

r^j i>jr ijr J^^ J r p hJ§*=* "15—TT

-O O

jKTrrrrrr^r^i^r if^TYip J^f frf

| *?JiJJT^ ||»|J P ippU ijfip ijIJjj/jjJIpJiJ imiJ

||^

sa Sa)

I I JJ^JJJiJ *1 "J^J ' ^ai d ' JJ J '*Lv-#

3. Pos.5.ia£e

- <& v IEJES JiJJ^Jj i g 3 5tW«w«wj ij i,W|» H|»g ||»h*g3. Pos. : 22

f p oap 2

r rf f^r i r^f ^ffff ,

tffiftf

iff^r

sH a a f i f p ^ ,J ihr .yte.^rJf > f=#

# V *

i tft- io o

#^^£ 3« 0- S rrag Wn*^:;^PPP!•-«•

UaLg_ap~r

g fea1

g. lJjJ,_ Bat Pf#«WHwt0 a at*zzz

o(32 O

SevSik Op. 11 VIII

Page 91: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

29

4. Pos.4. L ta?e-^^ jJj Jll l

UI 1

HJ J I' lJlJ BS £E£

4. Pos.

O 1. o o

^ ''ex^rcLirb£

p=£ *h"Trr ir'Tr i r

l

T>\ Tr?£ 3Z22

fc*

4 4*= If 1

i refirfcr i r^ i^f i

fUfhr^f iW^r .tfflife

j2

f i fr^ifr^i

f^

i ^ tp

p tari g |

rfe*

O L.

323

^JJJjJ 1»<J q*El»J £— ig S*P3=4*1 tz»

?

5. Pos.fl

5. Pos. (fo ^ ms J Ufi'^ iiJH

ii|'rr£j*rrn

,i|,J

r r irPf '

lJr

s^t' l'iO O L

mrmrnr rr pppHii

fr'gj mrfr i

^iirri ffirnjj ii r^uMrjr

o op #

^fr rrrf if 1^r if Hf if r S i|§§i JJ J^ i p

j

i^J

\

\> JT&m a

Sev8ik Op.ll VIII

Page 92: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

e £*L^'Ht.± Jta Bk

i - E a.

1

1 1 Mi

i

ii

i n- i j pj_i

ii

) .| e|

ii i

| im .jj qjj [*

o ^^^j^t^J—J QO \. I ooo7. Pos.7.

7. Pos.

Ill1—

5*%'>' <£» m. mfmf m.wr-mo a.

a gg » - _ .^

jg i fTri rt ig

ifYf itr

~Z7o o

ffffffffiVf f .yrl^tet£t£* *.&£ *£# £.

fetttte

±x f\>ff { f-f\f ,f^f

t^rttllf^ frrf i f f fr ii^rrf^r i^r r u^r frf

i 4 iJ 1 id r il^ ?

^F S!E=JK

Sevcik Op.ll VUI

Page 93: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

21. 31

2. Pos.2.Lage. ~^~

x :_.

2. Poff' -(jfr^jfel

The dimiilished triads:

Z?z*^ v erminderten Dreiklange:Les accords diminues:

2. 1JI 1

jj j

?J^] Ijtf^aJ I

jjtJffj Upl ItfSa EffijSE^ggi3, p. o

Jtt^ l^jjlilllil£ ^J^jl^T^J^i^!\3. "Jfl

^

JJfl^i o o o 2 o

iiJr?i i^ririiJ(,J icxg[£iri J 'rriJrT i ^^

tfrdp iitt

if *Hntirtf Br*g^ f

ttrf f iff itp i fftpi

iffjpW? Up in. iff i§

j *i?»ffcrffl!!cjj>r I'rp^ jg| i»^J33|itr J|*i*rr

iJi

r^i^pfl

f\ Oi I Ol - I ^^.^ O Q O . O, Oi O

i

3. Pos.#. Lage. ZimiS3. Pos..!r- :

LJ

i llJgj^^ l

JiiJ tiJ UJ

ijJ ipiii||gi|iP I

iiJi^J Mtfjg

2, 3, 4 4 o,

i f

J rfj

i^^ i^ mitfp i*f i

»#I J #r -e i J

1 2 4

3& s£:i™=¥^

^S* tff fe nuflm? # T^ # r¥i8f¥t iHis :!i&

S^# *-£^ ^^trfrj-ffr r j f r

,

r i i

rf , frtf iffgffgff .rT f iff

jfffr'ffff i f»f f|ff»r i

»ff Wfi^f¥i^fH«r*rf

^ liigigig|j i^rT|tt

^Pfr

r||tf

cccrcccr|

tf

^J t [

r Htt

p * r^iT ^cccr^-^ t*c?iiS4 2

,I

aJ

~2 I

, , .

SeveikOp.liVIII

Page 94: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

32

4. Pos.i.L i »•S

ItJ "nJj B^^^ J i

flj T^ 'tl''

j)j 'n^g

fes^ 3 PTOMfiWfJ Pt554. Pos. an^

tfr#pi tfrtfpg Ittfgfe II tfrT*

• r^Hn^rirf iHr sLUfirTT lTTne'i

t^rffffr r . »r f f iff »rm .fff^fffr

,

rf f,

f*f f, fff

HrT|tr> f r f f l^f r Up l¥ltFP i

»ftg

g

p eg m 3 1, ., 3| 1

isiasf.TT I'LOj

lo lo o lo"

ffDJJfl1 o, 1

llJ^'iniJfMgE^y ISHJ il^ pp3£$»pg Ip

5. Pos..5. Lage.5. Pos.

Ill

"MiiiJJ^^iiiJrfj i rgii'J i

J »Jfji^rECcr|Jl1

g^ fffipp p*r i f»r up i

*rfs£

<a te * *S»ffrfCfrr i »rf r i r fa i ifrffffff .rr f

i fT p.ffte

i^i%§£# Jfefe fete* fe- te ~*fe

|o |o |o |o

i ffrr>rrrf

|fyr iffy iffy i^fffr i

rffpri^fr^^fi^rrrrj*J O L '

l

fefe iltpmeP 5 s 3 K'n^iiJJJJ

i riiJJ

i rJ

ii')i EeifJ»

r<rr0m0mW¥r '%

SevCik Op.ll VIII

Page 95: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

33

6. Pos.&'. Lage.6. Pos.

Ill

IV 3 4 '^ tte-t* fc* trr ntrHf i'rfrwtfifpg F#f ^ p

^ileiSte *%fe fe%# *£to #»*gte ttpffg fife

grjttcf iTrf

i

fite terfg

4 L

y^\^T\^f\\f\

i^^\^ \K^f\^%if^^

#—

»

?ett'^r^Cflr i

|r

.

l

i

l

iE.l

t't

iei'j;i! 1

»i

rni r l

,

'

|

i

'JJ

ii jj,i i

7. Pos.7. Lage. :

7. Pos. :ill4^=.

fe lUrJ as* Fllr teas igottr^ Ig§j yf f Egg^^ i ^ffr tfffF jffr^ *m r&-

tJ O 2rv l

fri

fry.fFte «^i%gge* *%fe tefite %#£ig •=*£ ftgfi

4_J=

(tfiiS|i|gs #ffi*fe fell ifeng *gifefta«e%*te te^t *fem i i

Sevgik Op.il VIII

Page 96: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

34•d)(£l.

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreiklange:Les accords dimimies:

2. Pos.

il ?T § ' fajljjJjJ^JJj Ij-jJ U^J ll-fl.^i^we^Se^

1 3_

^^ i zg .b» "r» !»

r^irr^»cx^ '•^r|J|

»r |

Jr' ^s o, 1 b I - - b

*-»-*»•

^

#i^ l>0 I... ,l..l>

^l^^g

I I I.

"T r r i

ur "T

k*Jl

r Tirrr i i^

kg 11.. . , LJffl i^TO rrr; i

Tpr i

r

l

rT ip rii^^r i

l,

rjr^V i

r

l,r-i«^^^

I g iJJJJ^iJM^^U^ ^jj ii|Bi§§i

3. Pos.

3. Pos. 31I jj^^JJjljnJ U^jl^jjJlJj^^^JU^^^ng i1"^

o -fif.

JJTJJ g «> «i jiko,

, i *i a .

|, p. I Ma 4 g i

_ |

— n-r-j— r.|| z

| _ ej t>i» a ~i

-bj», i .

rrJ

I

j r^jviij^Lbprr r r_rr i

J r ipri fa

'

I o |o ^ ^^"fea I |o |o

u

i s 11 Vl^p II I .

jfari* ikrT-xf rfrri'rrr iff^SPC £ 3o [o

rvrrfrfff|Yf ri

rffifrf|g^*^

i i

'

'— '

'

1° i° " - -

txJm li i,.f ,H.

!>.?iTl =§|

hvCfc—nV iiw iH#« fa *te iii>

Ixgrrrrr iTr'r ir^i * rJfi^JiJpri'PjpJP ii'JJj

o. *|,

r

3evcik0p.il VIII

Page 97: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

35

4. Pos.

:iT p ^jltjjO^JJU^J MM I gtfri *£gtftf\u< r i ' ;m i;w*£

(jicg-f' l UflJ' iiiatfN^ 3t» i. E

o ^15

T* #-4- I"*'

rrr I'rr'r ury i V 'rfifr f f f^ ,yff , fffjg IS.

4 L

iU<fc!rtfifff lrff lf Tf,Tff,f

l

rr^rrrf |fL

T|fTfiit

rf

^TOrmi^ggt«j t 3J?S , 3|,_W^^^^^^

r^ iVrji^JIPir^02=^3-^'' 5jj

l-HJJ jJ^J IJbJ^I^^^HFF

5. Pos. /> al I

.. ;&: sr g^^itjjtjjjjjj ijJtj

ijju ij^ it^crc[Cf itJr' J

i

Jr

t'

Ji !»'.<

i fc=fe

I O ' 4 ' ' I U "' |_

F^ \^sm2M1 PEL

ggg= P

fr r {

\

Tfp lypf if^f I ,fr r f f ffr i't^t i fff

1

iff4

4 „ l4

te ^CCi^iftn }hk Je% ^

rr frrf ifrV it'rf U^Cf I^ Tjffrrf rf l^r'T l^f^f' lr|j

ii^==t s s§ ^t^^ ps Udjdd

[ pg ,j| J[,J g| | [,

;^^~

Sevcik Op. 11 VIII

Page 98: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

36

6. Pos. _/> l

IJfr B ffl \litrtrrr? CTF3=^££§

J[ JJr l J JJs^ [>•«. i=m#jf# Wk IS

O 3 303 o o 3

tSTf^ff,. ,l#p h**

1! ^i^* i*CSi ..s^, *bl »teM

gig 1. 1.3,

I ''m I r'rt ftWrr it Jr lp''f

-iiVr lOTJJP l rJJ lJrifeii

tT P~1^t n ' "'"-J UUW 3-1

|o lo 3 I

"1

7. Pos.7. Lage.7. Pos. £» J J hJXPJJJlu r J iJ rj if Ju irffrr f rr iJ'f r ir^' frf j

iv 1 -o^ 2

psv to-t1 2F=^

4 ' ;—:——

2Z2Z

-f^rfffff.yfrirv I i

fr*r .fffftfff ,rf rif r*E i

ftr4

ffii'ligtf ife ^t 1

! ^^f ''^lififg ^l1

? ^f ^ I1

? 1?

000

* "I f ffFf^rrrffi

^ fiftfifPr

J?e± , ufabai3 i.»1

. 1

1.

M'lffJBflfl lrJJ l JJi'UJi'l

Sevgik Op. 11 VIII

Page 99: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

23.37

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreiklange: :

Les accords diminues: -

n*~2. Pos.2.Lage. Jf j*2. Po «—

s

jitTO^JiUV^^^'^^U'^VW=m»^^T^S ggg »pgj^Bigj^^»«

£¥ ^

o^^^^Bg ^JJfll iif fe# jjp 1P©- ms?

3. Pos. Q

PS ^§J^JUsif^iiJ^'WMSJ^te=fc3. Pos W«*«

i

j'rn^ri/r i' 1

T7

4 o k&\>*. *^T^rir^-rf^ff^jie r e ro IP

I r^riir rrr i

Hfi^ifr m^p ir^^ irff H^Vr^' 111'^^^^

§evcik Op.llVIII

Page 100: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

38

4. Pos.

!•£??'• 3SEBEi ""JJi/f te^ ^^p^^^^P4. Pos. 35 «*--=-#

IV

-^ b

c£r/ pit^ry i r^y iiir^^ B F* |(i » i

4a I In In

r^f i^tf iF^

^ fmtfff ftf^{

ffi{

m ^rtftf^r|

b

f r*f i^fe; l

.* V „ fr* U ii

f£rrrreri

frri fff | ^Tirgri-rrrr i

ri. rrif.flir i ftfrs*?j?e k*tFm*±M-»Mftrvp-'-f-

2

§ ytfI* gjgp iit'jpgp^iitfj^j j Hj i

'fitjgjjTjJitf J j i j jf^is

5. Pos.5.

5:|jr^llpg3|ij^==^rJij^i^^^r^ iJ^ri^^^rv

s fe^ ^r ii

»

i tr rp \ffh^^rfrf r r r r f pr iy l

a^#w- #

4 — o 4zr

p

t

fTpffFffl

t

ff"f ."fff.^f .rfrrrrri'/fr^ip^f[

*fM

Ff:

¥

it»J2 jl\>.

'f a #^g jgftg ^T~^ - *z I ! /»._.. A ..r-^.

i SB it«:a=fe 3 l h. Ul jl-fepl£*-"tpjy Uy^UW^ l

bvJJJJ«Ml b

|

»1±s=

«j -4 ; zf

SevEik Op. 11 VIII

Page 101: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

39

6. Pos.

6. Lage.6. Pos. ^

-• IV

^lU - - I* . k

rFitHir^ Tirrir^Tr^ j=g^g^

^fFffffr^^i fe^„ k ££* Ugte te^g £jffi£fttf ffft kf*&T

j||§|§|§|j§£ e& a-* ^

Hi :i?P SitteEPrrffff, f

t

rir

,

«rff^S

M iitprP llfriSl#p#Friri>^ l tf tf«OTl.fflJ-l tfr J^p Mrjfff"ipilE^ pffpg» bHl

b^p-8

7. Pos. .

7- Lage. '.

7. Pos. ;

*m-0

&v\l\$$HR\}k* rH i»,riHM^j r

jii[ryjii^rrrrr i

brr" s PS>-

«J -•

ii?^« * Fu3 ^U*£ f

ffifff

irf*f i ffrrffff |

p^i^5 t#

:| WCffr fr^ ftf^ifff i^rfr-CTi^r /f.

»kfr>F#a^F s

i PI gu^l^g |gg ||

B^Jl3J^lP|

^Jul

, Jll

^ iJli^HEH>y»pr

#=E mSevcik'Op.ll VIII

Page 102: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

40

2. Pos.

24.

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreiklange:Los accords diminues:

££**•332. Pos. vro

v o -p5 j ljJ

J

' ^J-LUJ '.UtAlJ tt* J 'U* a l 'J :f£ *£=^T' -1 '*

|

'

\\° '

1 |

g »\J i

Ea I I I 1

u\

'

1' h

'

t ptug it^FLK I Ft>

*

a

^h*

S=F I&.W-* , g ha o T ^ pjg i

ffr i rrf i sff:

wsm^ieBr[Ltr i

'' t

r

t

riyt

fp i^t

rib

cBi

cCiy

tebfcm^^m^^m &-'VJUJJ>'"[Jg) Ut> 53^*-S7

4. Pos.4. Lage.4. Pos. 35<£ Btkl LTJJ3 B£ yn te=#

?te=f*

PS3 «hJ-# = #1>J ^1>.

3 1

#*1 rrp l^r^ 1 ^, g \ h^^^i • « *

4

t t. fca=

E

^e iaki ^-^

liZttttte 1>*S% o&e #fifcs te !>#8 3 V),.-, [,J>£

Ff|

TF f|

rff iffT iWflflfi

f r p |

TTfrft t>>rt» i rt

%

^l

r r fi iH P i i^[[[f ir^ i ^rf if^i^^r ' 't fy '^V '

j

f

^SevCik Op. 11 VIII

Page 103: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

41

5. Pos. Q5. Pos.

:^=E UZCM, fe* VJi^ji^ rr_cri^rtiVr^^IT^^

* r r Pifc, r p i?ri>g \\>

o mi g .i i rWfffwrf^ik ''at*, 3>£

^it^itt-tt* Wt^£ \>b£\& &£b& ^tf^Vmm w v

ff'r>rfff|Tpt

ri rrV#

*^_* ^Mf^P Ftf# ^ lUhii»-r-# TT^f^lTJyili NS

6. Pos. Q6. Pol :W±z:

jffljfl]|jfor gpjpj Hf I i^rrfcr^r^^— IV

77

P m P mia M^ hat* !^*. ha

frfr . rffrftTr .T£nz±£

i>^£j=a£a* i^^a ^fcf ^jfcg ^g gggggg ^al? I^a £%g

¥^ %hg hftfg ^ I MSfeM#agiglfeig-^ l^fe >

t>g i IlJhrTT^nrrnr^^r iTJ'r-i'rj'riJ'TT iio II U

7. Pos.7. Lage ^ i^ua^^i^^ Ikl ULltt

r lOTCg^r^

7. Pos•^f<9— -»

* ^ » iO, » rVVfTffr

i

rPf^b ^a* fe§§

(,/iV***.^ [»#gha ^a^f g^tf k. gag a fa* ^aif i*€ £^

te#= ii [,^[^f i r^r iVtP |b

r^"|^fecr |^ t>

r|

t,

r^-^^*Sevcik Op.U VIII

Page 104: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Abbreviations and Signs.

Designation of the Length of the

Bow by means of fractions:

Whole Bow.

Half Bow.

First Half.

Second Half.

One Third.

Two Thirds.

Firfct Third.

Second Third.

Third Third.

One Quarter.

Three Quarters.

3

1.

3

2.

3

8.

3

1

43

1

1. 2. 3. 4First, Second, Third, Fourth

Quarter.

^2" Second and Third Quarters.

n Down-lnw.

V Up-bow. 1)

— Broad Bow.

Short, detached (staccato),

hammered (martele).

" Springing, bounding,

(sautille; spiccato; saltato).

) Lift Bow.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) 3)

I First String, E.

H Second String, A.

HI Third String, D.

IV Fourth String, G. 3)

o Open String.

Sul E,_on the E-string.

i First Finger remains on string.

, The little hook indicates which

finger is to remain on string.

M. Middle of the Bow.

Fr. At the Nut.

Sp. At the Point.

Abkiirzungen und Zeichen.

Bezeichnung der Bogenlange durch

Bruchzahlen.

i

i

i

31.

33.

31

3

331.

3

2.

3

3.

31

434

1.

4

2. 3

4

n.

/

i

ii

mIV

o

Sul

l

M.

Fr.

Sp.

Ganzer Bogen.

Hatter Bogen.

Erste Hdlfte.

Zweite Hdlfte.

Ein Drittel den Bogens.

Zwei Drittel des Bogens.

Erstes Drittel.

Zweites Drittel.

Drittes Drittel.

Ein Viertel des Bogens.

Drei Viertel des Bogens.

'••

I' £ Erstes, zweites, drittes, vier-

tes Viertel des Bogens.

' Zweites und drittes Viertel.

Herunteisfrich

.

Hinaufstrich

.

x)

Breit gestossen (gezogen).

Abgestossen, gehammert (martele

staccato).

Springend, geworfen (sautille;

spiccato)

.

Bogen fieben.

Kunstpause (Luftpause) 3)

Erste Saite, E.

Zweite Saite, A.

Dritte Saite, D.

Vie7-te Saite, G. 3)

Leere Saite.

E, Auf der E-Saite.

Liegenlassen des ersten Fingers.

Liegenlassen des Fingers auf wel-

c/ien das Hdkclien zeigt.

Mitte des Bogens.

Am Froscfi.

An der Spitze.

Abreviations et Signes.

Division de l'arehet au moyen de

fractions.

i

Ii

21.

2

2.

21

3

33

1.

3

2.

3

3.

31

43

41. 24 4

2. 3

4

n

V

Tout l'arehet.

Demi- archet.

Premiere moitie.

Seconde moitie.

Un tiers de l'arehet.

Deux tiers de l'arehet.

Premier tiers.

Deuxieme tiers.

Trolsieme tiers.

Un quart de l'arehet.

Trois quarts de l'arehet.

I' I'Premier, deuxieme, troisieme,

quatrieme quart.

' Deuxieme et troisieme quart.

Tirez

Poussez. 1)

— Largement.

Bref, martele (staccato)

.

" Sautille (spiccato).

) Levez l'arehet.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) 8)

I Premiere corde, Mi.

H Deuxieme corde, La.

in Troisieme corde, Re.

rV Quatrieme corde, Sol. 3)

o Corde a vide.

Sul Mi,_ Sur le mi.

l Retenez le premier doigt sur la corde.

. Retenez le doigt indique par le

crochet.

M. Milieu de l'arehet.

Fr. Au talon de l'arehet.

Sp. A la pointe de l'arehet.

1) Unless otherwise indicated, the first

measure begins at the nut.3) Lift Bow and make a brief rest.

8) No practising should be done on strings

not true in the fifths.

1) O/t/ie fiezezchnung der Kichtnng begittnt

rfer Anfangsta/ct iinwer am Frosch.

~) Bogen fieben und fcurze Pause wachen.

") Aaf -nicht quintenreinen Saiten soil nicht

geh'bf werden.

^) Faute d'indication speciale on commence

la premiere mesure au talon.

3) Levez l'arehet en faisant un bref silence.

3) On ne doit jouer que sur des cordes absolu-

ment justes.

Page 105: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 106: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

CONTENTS OFSCHOOL OF INTONATION

By OTAKAR SEVCIK

OPUS I!

CLASSIFICATION OF THESUBJECT-MATTER.

Part I —Introduction to the 1st Position.

" Ha —1st Position.]

" iS1 l£ £ffi£ Supplementary*

" IV —1st Position. J

•Part V—The rhythmic MajorScales from Parts Ha and lib.

Pieces (1st position, Grade I)

with piano. 2

" V —Introduction to the 2d-7th Posi-tion. Supplementary: Parts lib,III and IV; also the 2d violin tothe 29 Duettinos from Parts I, Haand lib.

" Via —2d-7th Position. )«. „.„„.,„+" VIb _2d-7th Position.

^Supplementary

f40 Bohemian Melodies in the 2d-

7th position.

" Vic —2d-7th Position. — 40 BohemianMelodies. Supplementary: PartsVia and VIb.

" VII —2d-7th Position.—Supplementary:Part XII (Introduction to Shift-

ing).

" VIII —2d-7th Position.

" IX —2d-7th Position.]"' X —2d-7th Position. \ Supplementary§" XI —2d-7th Position. J

§Part XII—The 2d violin to the 40Bohemian Melodies (Part Vic).—W. A. Mozart, Sonatas for vio-

lin and piano, No. 4, 7, and others.

" XIIs —2d-7th Position.—Introduction toShifting. Supplementary: Sonatasof W. A. Mozart, Nos. 4, 7, andothers.

EINTEILUNG DESLEHRSTOFFES

ARRANGEMENT DESMATIERES.

XIII*

XIV

-Transitional Tone used in Shift-

ing—Diatonic Scales in a Varietyof Forms through 3 Octaves.Supplementary : Concert-studies

:

Rode, Concerto No. 6; Viotti,

Concerto No. 23 ; Pieces fromGrade III.

-Intonation of Double Stops. Sup-plementary: Continuation of Con-cert-studies and Pieces fromGrades III and IV.

1 Because the sense of rhythm varies in indi-

viduals, the exercises in Parts Ha and lib maybe studied independently, without keeping pacewith the parallel exercises for the left hand.In this case the omission of these exercises inbowing must be made up in the followingParts.

2 It is of great importance for the beginner toplay frequently with piano accompaniment.The difference in tone-color between the violinand the piano, the harmonic structure of themusic, the fine nuances in the piano-part, all

tend to guide, even urge, the beginner towardpure intonation, proper crescendos and decres-cendos, and correct accentuation. Thus he is

almost compelled to produce a more beautifultone and to render the music with taste. Forthese reasons he may study, even at an earlystage, in connection with Parts II-IV corre-spondingly easy pieces with piano accompani-ment.

8 To be studied concurrently with Parts Via,VIb, Vic and VII.

* To be studied concurrently with Parts VIII,IX, X and XI.

Abteilung 1 —Einfiihrung in die erste Lage." Ila —1. Lage. 1" lib 1 —1. Lage. I Nebenbei" III — 1. Lage.

fvorzunehmen*

u IV —1. Lage. J

*Abt. V—Die rhythmisierten Dur-Tonleitern aus Abt. lla undlib.—Vortragsstiicke (1. Lage,

Stufe 1) mit Wavier?

V —Einfiihrung in die 2.-7. Lage.Dam: Abt. lib, III und: IF,sotuie die zvjeite Violinstimmezu den 29 Duettinen aus Abt. I,

lla und lib.

Vil HI: iZ. } f-ft40 bohmische Weisen in der

2.-7. Lage.

Vic —2.-7. Lage.—W bohmische Wei-sen. Dazu: Abt. Via und VIb.

VII —2.-7. Lage.—D azu: Abt. XII(Einfiihrung in den Lagenvjech-set).

VIII -r2.-7. Lage.

IX —2.-7. Lage.]X —2.-7. Lage. ) Dazu%

XI —2.-7. Lage. J

lAbt. XII—Die zweite Violin-

stimme aus den 40 bbhmischenWeisen (Abt. VIc).—W. A.Mozart, Sonaten fiir Violine

u. Klavier, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XIIs —2.-7. Lage.—Einfiihrung in denLagenvnechsel. -Dazu: Sonatenvon W. A. Mozart, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XIII4 —Lagenverbindungston. Diatoni-sche Tonleitern in verschiedenerForm durch 3 Oktaven. DazuKonzertstudien : Rode, KonzertNr. 6; Viotti, Konzert Nr. 23und Vortragsstiicke aus der 3.'

Stufe.

XIV —Intonieren der Doppelgriffe.Dazu: Foriseizung der Konzert-studien und Vortragsstiicke ausder 3. und 4. Stufe.

1 Da die rhythmischen Anlagen nicht bei jeder-mann die gleichen sind, konnen die rhythmischenUebungen aus Abt. lla und lib selbstdndig vor-

genommen vierden, ohne mit den gleichlaufen-

den Uebungen fiir die linie Hand gleichen Schritt

zu halten. In diesem Falle jedoch sind diese Bo-genubungen bei den folgenden Abieilungen nachzu-holen.

- Haufiges Spielen mit Klavier ist fiir den An-f'dnger von grossier Wichtigkeit. Die Klangver-schiedenheit zivischen Geige und Klavier, die vollen

Harmonien des Stuckes, die feine Nuancierung in

der begleitenden Klavierstimme leiten und dr'dngen

den Anf'dnger zum reinen Intonieren, zum An-schvcellen und Abschwdchen, zum Akzentuieren derTone. Er ivird geradezu gezvmngen den Tonschon zu bilden und das Musikstiick geschmackvollvorzutragen. Deshalb iann man schon neben Abt.II—IV entsprechend leichtere kleine Stiicie mitKlavier vornehmen.

3 Neben Abt. Via, VIb, Vie und VII vorzu-nehmen.

4 Neben Abt. VIII, IX, X und XI vorzunehmen.

Partie I

llalib 1

IIIIV

—Introduction a la premiere poii-

tion.

MatieresSupplemen-

taires.*

ViaVIb

Vie

VII

VIIIIXXXI

xn=

XIII

XIV

—Ire Position. }—Ire Position. !

—Ire Position, f—Ire Position. J

*Partie V—Les Gammes majeuresrythmiques des Parties Ila et

lib.—Compositions (Ire posi-tion, Degre I) avec piano. 2

—Introduction a la 2me-7me Po-sition. Matieres supplemen-taires: Parties lib, III et IV;aussi le second violon des 29Duettini des Parties I, Ila et

lib.

-2me-7me Position^M^"-2me-7me Position.]

Sur

e

e

m|n"

f40 Melodies bohemiennes dansla 2me-7me position.—2me-7me Position.—40Melodiesbohemiennes. Matieres supple-

mentaires: Parties Via et VIb.—2me-7me Position.—MatieresSupplemental es : Partie XII(Introduction au demanche).—2me-7me Position.—2me-7me Positon. | Matieres—2me-7me Positon. [

Supplemen-—2me-7me Positon. J taires.§

§Partie XII—Le second violondes 40 Melodies bohemiennes(Partie Vic).—W. A. Mozart,Sonates pour violon et piano,Nos. 4, 7, etc.—2me-7me Position.—Introduc-

tion au demanche. Matieressupplementaires : W. A. Mo-zart, Sonates pour violon etpiano, Nos. 4, 7, etc.

•—Note de transition.—Gammesdiatoniques en diverses formesparcourant 3 octaves. Matieressupplementaires : fi t u d e s deConcert: Rode, Concert No. 6;Viotti, Concert No. 23; compo-sitions du degre III.

—Intonation des doubles cordes.Matieres supplementaires : Con-tinuation des fitudes de Concertet compositions des degres IIIet IV.

1 Le sens du rythme n'etant pas le meme cheztous les individus, il est possible d'etudier les

exercices rythmiques des Parties Ha et lib in-

dependamment, sans egard aux exercices paral-lels pour la main gauche. Dans ce cas il fautcompleter plus tard ces exercices d'archet pen-dant l'etude des parties suivantes.

2 Pour le commensant il est de la plus grandeimportance de jouer souvent avec accompagne-ment de piano. Le timbre different du violonet du piano, les accords pleins de la composi-tion les nuances de l'accompagnement, tout celaconduit, et meme entraine l'eleve a une intona-tion juste, a faire les crescendi et decrescendi, aobserver l'accentuation des notes. Tcus cesdetails le forcent a cultiver une belle_ sonorite

et a interpreter les ceuvres avec gout. Pourcela il peut deja commencer l'etude de pieces

faciles avec piano conjointement aux exercices

des Parties II-IV.3 A etudier conjointement aux Parties Via,

VIb, Vic, VII.4 A etudier conjointement aux Parties VIII,

IX, X, XL

Page 107: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

ViolininSIV PARTS

byI!

OP. 11.

Contents of

Book III.

INTERMEDIATE STUDIESFROM THE 2nd TO THE 7th POSITION

Price Each Part

$1.75

PART VII: CHROMATIC SHIFTING onone and on two Strings, with Controlling

Open String.—The Augmented Second.—Harmonic Minor Scales, with Bowing-Exer-cises forDetache,Legato, Staccato and Spiccato.

PART VIII: CONSONANT CHORDS:Placing the Fingers for the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth, with Exercises for Bow-ing.—Preparation of the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth.—The Major and the MinorTriad in Double-Stops.—The Broken Triad

in various Keys, with Changes of Bowing.—DISSONANT CHORDS: The Diminish-ed Triad, with Enharmonic Changes, in

Single Tones and Double-Stops.

PART IX: The Diminished Triad contin-

ued.—The Augmented Triad in Single Tonesand Double Stops, with Exercises for

Fingering and Bowing.

PART X: The Chord of the Dominant Sev-

enth in all Keys.—The Chord of the Dom-inant Seventh in Arpeggios through the

Circle of Fifths in all Positions, with vari-

ous kinds of Bowing.—The Chord of the

Diminished Seventh in various Keys, withExercises for Fingering and Bowing.

PART XI: The Chord of the Diminished

Seventh continued.—Uniform Shifting of

Fingers on one String, with a Contra/ling

Open String.—The same on two Strings.

Shifting of the Double-Stops of the Dimin-

ished Fifth, the Diminished Seventh,the MinorThird and the Major Sixth, with a Controll-

ing Open String.—Exercises for Shifting

Positions and Finger-Exercises employingdifferent Combinations of Stops for the

Chord of the Diminished Seventh.—Stretch-

ing of Fingers.

Copyright—Property of the Publisher

HARMS, Incorporated62 WEST 45th STREET, NEW YORK

CHAPPELL &. CO., Ltd., LONDON, ENGLAND

Printed in U. S. A.

Copyright, 1922, by Harms Inc.

lUillilllllliiii

Page 108: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 109: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

JjsMT

PART IX.

Dissonant Chords

in the 2nd -7th Position.

Contents.

, Continuation of the Diminished

Triad. The Augmented Triad in the2d-?th position in single tones

and in double - stops, with finger-

and bowing-exercises.

Dissonant Chords.

a^ The diminished triad in the 2d -

7th position. (Continuation of theexercises in Part VHI.)

ABTEILUNG IX.

Dissonierende Akkorde

in der 2.-7. Lage.

Inhalt.

Fortsetzung des vermindertenDreiklanges. Der iiberm'dssige Drei -

klangin der 2. -7. Lage in einfachen

Griffen und in Doppelgriffen,mit Fin-ger-und Bogenubungen.

Dissonierende Akkorde.aJ Der verminderte Dreiklang in der

2.-7.Lage.(Fortsetzung der tlbungen

der VLU Abteilung.)

1.

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreikl'dnge:

Les accords diminues: i%***

PARTIE IX.

Accords dissonants

a la 2me-7me Position.

Table des Matieres.

Continuation de l'aecord diminue.

L' accord augmente a la 2H&- 7ffiepo-

sition en cordes simples et en doubles

cordes,avec exercices pour les doigts

et pour le coup d'arcbet.

Accords dissonants.

a) L'aecord diminue a la 2me-7me

position. (Continuation des exercices

de la Partie VIII.)

i' o 1

3 I * 3. I .,

2. Pos.f\

O O 3l i

13 3 3 r-1 n J 1

2i

2.Po£ffi Jjm^T J' J r m" v?~i i ^ ^ -

m-*i-*-)M»-?-h±-d—

H§§ &# £m-pid f -f\rd f J =g^l?J J _

=5= -« :

% 3-^8-

Azy

^T i rrYf itfV?i'Tfrr l

r r r> l r r iJ lJl

\ I nJ i'J \B>^ \

i>JlfTI r^fE

• 3 »3

atzaatz : qkattf f (T-* 33^oofCO-

3-•-

P1~d

—4 brr •-•-»r —

i

\—

(

•——•-•—

—m-p-4 |_^-j—1—q—

|

m—3 o

•-* •1

i

b— m m' 1 i

—«3

3. Pos. Q

3. Pos. W^§ 2

VJ—-—E5 J IJ mJJi.

i

JiJ m3 dd dd —f-b £* y *K

r dgj i ^ ; fi rrYf^T irf r f

i

b

t££rf fi

b

r f ffi ^e-s

£(2)"

JWhen combined a diminished„ seventh chord is the result.

Sevcik.Op.n.rX.*'J>urc/i Verbindung entsteht ein venninderter

Septimen. Akkord.

*' Quand on combine les deux cordes on

obtient un accord de septieme diminuee.

Page 110: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

#-]••P-0- JJlnJf J *=*± ^ j ^ !

l*^ a1 J J j |l/i i

a).

^ J i n,jJ i,,ji,P i ..rr r irr YI- itrrfifffiy iimrncjJ J •!• J a002

Inn h1»T» JJ

l

JljjlLJl E ^tir:

I

wfrtfritrftfr

igg > • 3

r'IJj

r cjJij^"^^?* *~ran

4. Pos.

4. Latre JF~~~~'

r"

Xa^e- ffk C S^E3t 1

nroJJijJjJ ^» • #-—vw— zzm. w~w

4. Pos. m : r *

o o

* *1 L

^ wrrirTrr i rrTrfr i rrrfiTrfff^#

(1)1

4 , 4

rrffff iffrf.ffffrf.ff ffiffrr^f.fYPrirfTrrr-^

frf ritrrrrr pfei ^p-p-p-p-

y a).

££ • 1 1 • p-p J i,J1JIJ a u tat n.\ m

O O

Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 111: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

5. Pos. Q5. Lage, ft 1*

5. Pos. <fl>

IV

3o o o o

bi a

iigifil Lf # £

rrrrirfrfiT rrrffiTfr?m

# 4 #- ##rfffff|fffF

,

Pfffff|ffff,

ffrr'rr,

ffcrPr |ff

lrrr-T

!^r r r|

Trrr r? |

T r r r% i

|' '

' 'j

| _ ^• # ^r~y

r r mr ' r

^ IV2~

r*—jtIV

S5 "«

' j j ir*^* * _~*

o o o o

4> . b*> b

ri rrTf ,

b

rrrf f^ fi£ffTr , ff

b

r^(2)-

m feF^irv4-

_v—*- ^'(»- "O o o

^[.Ycfn^crfgfitff^i

rrr^ n J 1,JTm Hat 7*-*

6. Pos6.

IV

£«g"e. /L (; 3&EEEE* JinoiJ Ji

i

J iJ)0 g ai j g g g-i UE i •-» at=—

y

#-i*6. Pos.

-o e-o o l

Vti br ...

ff> Lf # fr^r i

rrTrfr.rf rfimffff^££ *H—1»

£(2)

(1)

££:- * £^JL=JE

f-fi

ffpfffiffffiffrrYfif^rfrirr'rrrT

"TIF

frfriTrrrrrf^ J

lriJr J

l

a).

Se«ik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 112: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

UM 3 ^ ^ EXmzm.-ttr-

O O o o

skr

irrff i

Yrrf iMl* ^

££«W^#-4 3

(1).

t?Y}iYr JiJ

i

jijp s mf=f

O o

rffYiffffffifffffr/rrPcfr

i rrYrr:,^4 3 -g Pa 4 i:

7. Pos. /)

IV2 '

J —H1

1

H—

1 •- 9-,r^i r—rn 0-00-

~r¥n7. ia^e. _/aL

i*—7. Pos. <fl> "

^ •o

I

' • *o o

VtTT" r~-0-0-

1 3 l3

I

rY r 1 1 ejJPB i r i r fiYff f ff 'rf rMeMO f k

Hi^-^4 — 2 a—4 4

-w=

fb#frfr i frrrrrifr^## JT P?e£ #-1*

r=^ r r i

ci

r-tn=

f»-i»P l/Q #-i ( 1

IV2

P I

—1

1

, J J "me:dk

rrrY i rrb

rfi

l

rrr?i

Cff^iff

o o o o

ft . fffyrf

IP fetei r

b

rr,. i rrfEfeP SE ^«>U

1

=R^O O o

pp

^CffffiEFFfff i

brrfffr , .>rr^p^pTT

N? 6. Follows.

A continuer avecleNQ6.

Sev£ik,Op.U.IX.

Page 113: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2.(6*)The diminished Triads:Die verminderten Dreiklange:

Les accords diminues:

2.Pos.2. Lage.

2.Pos.-

# gj^jppLo^iippp^ i^jl(D-

« • £ tfr J r l^f^ acrra: &EZEELM w-m

iv^rr^ftft^rTr^rf^rrfUfr .

f r^ ri^*rr *r?ir• 1-

^^Yr i rTrr i

|l[r^^-Ji

|lr^r3 " o TTfi).

»J ' VU'^^UJjI '^J '

ihUJJJJ^^:±:f^WfrU ^

| j >i»ttf l ^rftr r ittrr rrr^\\ *r ^fo

• v ' • •*=£

£ 3_1-

s XX -']^"J JI ^JJIJJJ

AJIJJ^ II -^JJ.u l

tfJ

.

JJ^

l(l)-

jj i'r^r 1 "^'Cfr

i

rr'fVf mwm^mwmm3.Pos. QS.Lage. -ff^-4*-3.Pos. v<P

j'j,ijjji

liJjjJ

JJ i

<ia i jiJJ JJ^

i Jt3

JJii^[r'rrjjuW^iW

«j(D_V-p4

"VWhf

irrYri^

i

r'fr^i

^fri'i

^rfri

Yrrrrri

^rf

r i rr r p i

r

-r i

ie pb»n» i ri. <iF|

»br . J J I f felli'(1).

*JN°6 is to be taken before N°2 in order to

alternate with the augmented triad

.

§evcik,Op.U. IX

*)NI6 ist vor NL2 vorztmehmenum mit dem I vLeNQ 6 doit etre etudieavar.tleN92pour alterner

ubermassigenDreiklangabzHwechsehi. I avec l'accord augments.

Page 114: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

^ 'V'^V^ '^i'^tWI#

'(!)-

rytf r |flrr J E^j ^'JVj'^j j yiJJ"'Er

Al)_

ps? rfMffffnrrTff#ph

w^m &^j p^«-#

4.pos. _a

4.Pos. W bJllbJ

JJ l jfjj^ (•-•-f ££?—3—0

V#

b

f?i r

b

frri r.r

b

r_f^ i r^r^ i

k^f^^ggg£!£g g^g. feri

£fTf I fT f r I

ff

ffTf rT|

ff

f r ^ r1tfrr rr iTp f

r ¥m^

*^^ ftp p S • J gS feirmrir •H—

*

_IS-

10 *4^ — - -r r^f rr bf¥ bff¥£ ^¥%

*P4i3 '

r r cr r or u1

l<

tf>

rr i

t

CJ,

rr i frn. i rn^ iii..>J bbBf srmfeffp ^fcg^WgitgjBmigpli ^a

5.P0S.IV

;« 1 1 iJh IibJ 1

J| J Jb »

D.Pos. w 1 I ia «—' I J s r0-0\\rd\jm* J

P i brr tfprr f I bf !> H tfCf F«-#

jC • \>*r± ,VWW 1

: ?£ O rVf¥> r¥rF .

trr*rf^ . ''f f fp=—

g

JTIF

F,evcik,0p.ll. IX

Page 115: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

*fggfff »f f- f I l j§§f«ff

, gg I f ff*ffff ft j f ."pfb

ffr? ,*frfr

ffrrf nfr^* #rnr

r1 r«r r r "l r Hif rh» r 1 l> f r

l

itAJJ J J|

i ii» J

r

ts tr

J i l « njJmsrwm'rr i? i.i rVftfrfflrfft4 JJ«^' g

^fifrf^m .Vf^| i rmftp i

»[fiJ.j P"TC Jj i j * j ) j^

rrrMrr^Wn^ffrtffPf irr^n^rrruni i^[rr^r

i J3 iir^j i _i

6.Pos. _A6.Lage.JL (* ti e, :

6. Pos. W) v/_ 'i

rrri J'NriM'iWr eiii

rrfirrtrrfi

r^rf iWffti^fffi^ffftitfff'(!)-

^f*F? l ^^f l fftff

t

ffl

fyff|

<Ff

t

rfr^i

<r r fr i

t

rr(D-

I£=£ up r ir t

1 « r» j »u-p

1

ru r sjjiigl iE=TO P(21_

^I J]V% |

i'pp *r~ri |t

-^ m \ff Wtff tof I^ffi

IPiff I r/t lf^ I

Hrj-KJ J h^ J j ijpjjpip(«-

bite*. W£==te tef-=£*tp .jr*i>.

j rrYTTr i

ff f fff ,m EfTi

rrTtfr 1

^ r ^

i

ri ,Hr,.n

,

n

7. Pos. _A7. Lage. Jr f*7. Pos. ^P g J>J J

I 1

^1

JiJJ^JtfrriiE v#^fp ^er=?IV

Sevcik.Op.il. IX

Page 116: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

fffi

PPfmi

Prffi

^ffrfi^rfn^ Ma

m=(2)-

I rrrw? irur r

r gaggi i r^r r r i

rt

rrta^ ^^p • »

w -m

.i? JJl»rtfli.rpltf r iltrrfPP 1

l

jl

[J

^f . ffWffWFf: I

iggig ffnpT# tegto w.^ ..jBfT|

FFTY|

Tf1?i

rrr7i rjff

r irrift ii[^Jie

i

Ji i

fl .»

1

. itr^tr

±14* i be±^ .

I* 2S# tes= :=:ee fSIS EFmrrftfr.„ l

f s n N?7. Follows./o^tf NV7.

A continuer avecle.N 7.

3.(7)

The diminished triads.-

Die vermindertcn Dreikl'dyige:

Les accords diminues:

2.Pos.O 2-

I:gf g) « ^.jlJJbJJtfJj IjhJJ UJ#7m

r~z» ijj"r* i^r^ Po 1

ftr^r i,tfi?* mViFm #rr f>iir r r r^rrrr^'ri^^m *

3 SO

p j frnff|

f up f r |1T«r rf? |Pr | r 1*

Q-.1

Ppr—

£3JE(1)

^ i_i i

3w~w ^ l fj|Jf J l"|tJJ^JJI'bJ * J ItfJ JbJ JJJ P J J J3—' ©-

0_ 2"

^ s n jai .jrTr

irr ifrl

irr rf i ffr*t»»j 'jjw 'wJ it

^-

1

»

Sevcik,Op.ll.rX

Page 117: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

r#p^ r^rfV^i

-w-=

9

i

i p(* J J—1——

-

n*J (1)

•1

1 *$*i

JJtfJbJ ItAJj #^ ff JJ_ * 1—W^*-

» p |;

r s ^ 2 2V* m fe0#r t' ' \\>00$rrf}

\ \>*T ?T \ #'r^Trpep » *

'(!)-

> P£ i

«rf rf i

rrff ff,rfrf , ffffff , f rf r,ffrf#rr , f#^

^=a=m>-

fpt|»pl?|»"f |p?^ ]* « jjgjgjgEP r"77#l?p f»

2, 2

3? =i'(i).

w,Jp==p atp^ 53 * fj_j[J J J J ij

lJ J J J BE JjbJjA

'(D-

rfc» b**i-

-jg trr\> * m S V » 1- f* HI r^ »

2

«3 (i)

^

m mj&*y=-!^-a** i

-J1 1 JUtfJ ^ W- i 1 1

1

ll 24. Pos. 1 o

tJJ'T'iJt

»

j:poV^^^^0^ j— :zp PpBatr—atS a

"Sov

«t« #r r

i ir 0*0 pf} i 't r r ri^r r rr^ r

i

#r i r i

i

rr^f r f=l= Mil I 1 ! I I 1 M" !

LlI ! a U I E=

OK

» 4

1 r f r f iffCfrf

i

frrriffrr#rTlf#r f r i ffrrV? i Pr r

\u * * ' '

I

' I 'a a I I'

I I - :

Sevcik,Op.U.K

Page 118: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

JO

frfbrrft, ||fe

r^TT^rgfeai r

iarc

^intJr^ i

J**\>d m

(D-

i^r~2: ^fe b**

s JT^rTrr 1'^i'tr^^rrr f

iFT^ M ffff ifff?«^^E= Pi rf\,j \\,jwjm%

5. Pos.5. Lage. X. xt5.Po- i

-e—

t

-s—

a

P^f SHEPS>

" J bJ x m m~m~ * m*** ^=XS*=X=*.*0-0 m m-

/'^g^ itf71 r

ttfr f |

i

Tr tippr7| |7 TrTfrrTTfT\^?{f\

rrfftf¥

b±±%£~± -.te-.fi tefi^*:ir> te-.f. t±*

rfrfiffffffifM ff

i

ffffiffffff^^ff 3

JOF

4 1

1

I ffrmfTi

f»f

fg ifHrr'fr i

ry r r i

1f fbm m .O* 2>PEPC—— =?Cpr-ZIr

* O,

HI

^i^i fjJin[JrJi J7^uji J

bJJ 3^j4 g j pe^rOh

^ >Tr iirr Jtrf itffrff

fe +.J>0£ %£&£-. \>±-0

fi

!fff|

fffgPrr^rin''rr i

l

TrfJ i^J1ji^ ll

j,l

.ii.|.rnJ m j i

^ l

f'rrr i

nii

6. Pos. _6. Lage. X n C6. Pos. i

IV

JEB! ^ '

a 3 3

l»P»#p pj=^£

1 1_in

y^-—^Sevcik,Op.ll. IX

Page 119: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

1J

_!?£:-. \>± 2 * —-.^ftftte ft

fi rfrf i tf

ft— * te — fi — kft±—.— — ht 2 * —— ^. 1.

fff|

ffff|

fP_£frf|

Tr^|

ffmp#J#nr

rfirr'r r i ^r^rfrr'Tfr n #rrf ri'rrrr-iri^ r-i

4 1 1

JTttJ

J ir^rXX'42t(I)-

£fe --.^ftfe fefil>ft~i. l>ftft.

IV7.Pos. Q

2 2

tir~>1 r

#r g i^f ftfrrf g i^rfr^TTP

l>ft i ft --.kftftteft -.fe-.fi; bftftfefififi

»r l.rrfr, S l

.f,sfl rrffPf

l

rffF|

fffFma-ffi-

bftg*g ggtefitftfi £^£* tefibftft-r* te^fi* bftft

fP ,Tfff , ffffrf^^ft ft 1

-or.

ffrr»rT i ^r^r i rr«rr lrriPrrr i *rrlrrr?i»rrrr i

l'rrrrrr i

lrJ^'

' ' ' '

'

'

'

'

I- -"

'

' ^ g 11^--1

*

1-— LLU 1

' 1 o n

11

;fe -Jftte i«te£ ££fe% t

$mr rrf 1

fff fff iFFrff[ 1

PPr#rrf

|tP'r rr«ri|

'crJ f^i3 i-

Sevcik.Op.li.K

N°8.Foll<ws.Folgt NZ8.

1A continucr avec le N<? £

Page 120: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12

2. Pos.

4.(8.)

The diminished triads:

Die oerminderten Dreiklange: jfc-j^_ %8 II

Les accords diminues-. y **

M.

2. Lage. /C i*

2. Pos. p»| - * yb<i»^^ -J-* b* —*"*

4 4 *

-a—^a- -,i..-p..p_p.p.2PT2pfsf sf ,pTcjipcDcrpicrJccrDj nig

b-*i

(D CU CJ CJ

h*b* • e* • c - 1 - b

i. . . _ _ _ sqy«eo -P- — o-p-o-Fo « 3

£P iL, P

n;iLLTTin

J" 4^ 4^ 4

spiccato

2 2

CCTKKj t»jti Jn «n^ :

H3^ «D^* 4"* 4 f • * *"

o \>.%k:.

3. Pos. _£3. Lage. A (*

3. Pos. <,<? E

1. . M

J_^ ^ w m _^ m m . ^

-4411^ .1?5 _.l> J f -.• •^nr^r^fc • — » # •77 -m m w

qs&itt^wvv0— * rfi•# -# # rb

gilii#. m.

i/rirjifo^rLrlrifo-iir p _ p

a fpff bJTl JJ] J1 T : IB• • '{-• kJ- f JJJ 1 * l?J - -p-Jr£rJ^::TT

bf f^ fo*

^b£. .«a^i

brr^r1^

|

CnrTrrr^iJ^^^HJJJ-^^Sevcik, Op.U.IX.

Page 121: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

13

4. Pos. QM

4-L^e

- /jk V i

=:F —

F

*-»

a*^ *rjjJ i fflj?a a

i

.^bf 4 P lL-l?» F:z^c«—•-

eJlfdr rT 'uS4 4

b#.bf<K*£ 8 f f b#T1*56*1*?

4_ 4 4

s ^ ^Mjjlfegife tJi,jr J j^vr i

b££*Tti£bf: -^K

5. Pos. A "

5.Lage. j/ l «

5. Pos. WIV

^ J

I

\

M J «h J J bJ «^ I I b3 3,

P• it •6>

" •1 1.

« tf. fT I >f of ^l^fi 'I 2 f bi.^SS*si#-!»•

nr

^ f r f , ffb

ffb

rf , fy f r ,¥ f¥r rrV£ 2 £ Vm ^f-p-f

iftt:

bf~r 1

f^r T r irr^rr^T if^ rp.^rr^pJ Ji

b

3 3

i^0(D_ ^: l

•LJ ' 1 •JiJlb»1rit>»» lT'rl t>

a fr , r rb

ff,^ff ,HH b

fFT

• 1 , mV"b» i hriJ ^ iJl iin^rrmm ?'(!)-

..rYf> . rr¥fFr l 'rffto l ,,t

f ^f^^Sevcik.Op.ll.IX.

Page 122: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

14

6. Pos.

rv

Pos. W =3 g g s6. PosJj

l

,J,

Ji JP>r> U r JIP^T! P

JE3E

«J (2)

A. i-i.•fr

irfrf

w b

f7 fhf k

ffb

ffg^b*e£He

b** £*£:£: b. g m&Bt &*u ze^ft&r f rb

fffrr7

r nffrih*0^ b» p i r bg fig g F^ ^^S» Li^ »

| YrVr^r Ji

J1

1? n Ji^ l /J^ 1^H E^Bg2 2

tt).

^# ..b#*£ \>*mht£ ^tf% §§£% SS'gfet

bpff^fmgMSMap-p-

frfrr.frf Efo.frrffFr . rr'F'tt-A_3- •>-•

7. Pos. Q7. £«£•«. .£ (*7. Pos. dSM^

IV

te 11b

IV4 1 1

b» g g P r F=fc» I#-"-!»

?1* •d 1

—• 1

\>*Tx V * * b.-**e* b. £ -•£

*fif . fr!rf,

P,rypPi

t

rfTfff,trfrf T^PP

^d

b^* £b-f :l?**biHia 3 — 4 i

&>*.£*. Wb,rfr .Wfl^r

i Yfrrfi'iVr i EST*

JC3C1. 4 1

^j*b^i

[\>p r ii

^^«iJij"i b

r I r i B J^r^r iVrV^ i ^fjr Hno

Sevcik.Op.il. IX.

Page 123: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

m &-*-*& *k L_b#£ b##££ «£ := :=:=£* ££*

J5

f.rr^T .tfTP . T;rE :E := r : E ;Et :E :rEx: EE^ftbiE*. ±ftb*Ti b.

fefe"

££ nrI ^ gfegu

i Vrb p~y ^r^ esa.£^^ ?

*I £§ tote #N9 0. Follows

A coatinueiitinuer aveoleN?9.

5.(9.)

The diminished triads:

Die verminderten Dreikl'dnge:

Les accords diminues:

2. Pos. _A O 3

f n\

i \ }fflrfljmtiftamW—~3E ;i^=3t

1 5i 2 I-

4 4

i fTtfftf r r r irL^rr/fTrr i r*cf r rT c f rJ* i^Sf rffc/r-f i

^(D^^ ^^ ^ ——'

xJUri^rij iSc?fcf tr tr

i tfr i ru Cr i r r? i

^ (2)^^

4 3 4 11

j ]1?Jf^ i r f^rrrfj itf CjHJTj. jjgl rJ.J i l j

-II

4 43.FOS. Q -J8 „-, „ _^ _, , , ^>rT*' ^*f* f*\

|^*1 4 4 s~ 3#-3-i» •

jp rjffffrrrrricljd'

It M &y*?: 4 a ft ft#i> ft*^ ft -ft - mu'-^a

'm.^

'

^ 4 4 1

U'lQLfl; 1

jjunrina).

Sevcik, Op.ll.IX.

Page 124: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

16

^^^^^MiO O i.

mm* 1

O 2

• •

~#4 a #rM 1 1 f

tt

r r?PWr f r> r? i^m^m M=zStS4. Pos. _^

4. Pos. V<\?

1 3.Ql 3 _

1 1.~3_

4. — 4

W •L7- *cfltt.PAJ??]flpg 2

-3-»-

^S 4 • P'—

»

# ,— *

^"^ **^ a a^ I * 14 1 4 1

5. Pos.5. Lage.

5. Pos. :

rv2'

^fc« «_• m.

i> F7T3 ffl n n i lt^>^vrp p p i i p~r , p? > r > r i p ry f r r p

3 3

#P pf P p f i f pJ• g^-,, as »TN g l— g 1 g

3^ 3^3

fla^oL£jLgljU,l

?a(D-

Sevcik, Op. 11. K.

Page 125: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

J7

fe c: - #- #4 3

4 1 4

fErrrrtfi^rtfrLrtri^rrrrrr

(i)-

2 2 3

jtrr^rfrrr i rijf^fjCr i^^^ i^JTiJig

^sa§ a A *P$£ ff%=

m

ft'7ij

J j' J J,

I CJ-J CJJ LSlO i jp^1 1

7.POS.

77:p^- g> *?

tfj *j

10T

: -a

^V 4. 4. 4 I 3 3 3 I —eJ (1)

4 4 4:

A AAA *** «£ £ * #*A £a £ £*P-*f--P-ff- #ntt::*c::i::t - tf:=ffA-ffA:=A:r

w- i$r 3—3-3-

^lJj.uu|iaru.ririfi'Ufi£fLfLf

i CcrLCfLrLr'Cffi^

A continuer avecleN9J.O.

Sevcik, Op.ll. IX.

Page 126: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

18

*>)The augmented triad in various

keys in the 2nd _ 7th position

.

2. Pos.

2. Las-e.

2. Pos.

s I s l

O 3 1 3 3 O

mb^Der ubermassige Dreiklang in

verschiedenen Tonarten in der2. - 7.

Lage.

The augmented triad of A minor:q ft

pDer ubermassige Dreiklang in A moll: /£ ™

°)L' accord augmente en diversestonalites a la, 2me_7me position.

=£ 3e33=:i;ffii«l 'I. J^ ,ff

p

L'accord augmente de La mineur'*

3 S'«*r t r

33a

^g

-11 i js-i

tfiif j

r-Hrfrincrr

1

1—r rr i *r?ff r?riff*ffr?ffifffirtf 1 nntrWrfi

§ fr*r ^jij^JJ ^ru^^rirrlrrr?rri^J^ju ii

4. Pos

5. Pos. Q

5. Pos. v9

i t^J> £*4) ,«JJ4J»r cWfr rrj iM ^PBfelr it r" 1 nP?

5C

b b L*'N96.is to be taken before N9 3. in order to I *'NL6.istvor Nl2.vorzunehmen urn mit dam

|*'Le N96.doit etre etudie avarit le N92.pour

alternate with the diminished triad. - verminderten Dreiklang abzttwechseln.\

alterner avec l'accord diminue.Sevcik,Op.U.IX. is

I

Page 127: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

J9

fe* «rp.r.fr .

«S i*= -r 3

O 1 1u--'-1

' & i aH,~~. *

=ffi Snfrrfiff^rfr;^ xs

6. Pos.6*. Zagi?

6. Pos.

7. Pos. Q7.Zagg.-

ffc-t*-mMft% .I se% »e*£g .*£fi sgtefi _*ferffTF .rffff ilfTff flPte

7. Pos

Jt i- ,W 3^

* Jfefi:r itrrrrr

— N° 2. Follows.

A continuer aveeleN92.

The augmented triad of C minorDer iiberrnassige Dreiklarig in G ....

L' accord augmente d' Ut mineur-. «J '

G moll: 3a=

2. Pos. -A2. Lage. X (*

2. Pos. P

l. i

2 < 1

2. 1

3 1 ^. g-7-ilJfa globa l <£2 _ 1 I

twm bg i *^b ipj 1

£ ^ cfn^f

« *,

rr ir'T

A^~ — - —

ff i ilr rf r rf i lr rf f r f

£J

frir fr r i

fr'r fT^ii'rrrTrrr i 'rrfTrr rir'rffffrr i r'r^if

I ' *, "fl>n l>ft. 1 ~^ 1 = i .T>pr iTl^177^ TTHJ'pfff i ffflp JTl=t

Sevcik, Op.ll.IX.

Page 128: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

4 *

Si#pgiifet3 3 q 3* mi?

2pZ2ZZp2

3 3 o

rrf n 'rff ffgi ep

« # « =-•—' 90-*

* «ib»r 1

ffTrri

'TrrffrrirtrWSl""^ I 3 4

F^ g .frffi

J(tt-

nPrJ?l

Tir?lrrff^isrrfiV l

T jj§#?anjbJJJJ^i^T^' i iCU

4. Pos. Q

4. Pos. -gpL_y —3_ 8

i IS ^kJT CTJibte ^^1 •# •ll

-y*, 44 4 "?• —fcruu t>g ' po

a 3^2 %.

ij^EE! z>i zj £??bo— l b £• 'D*

2

V f fr r i

l;

2^2 bg

B==ep^ f fr f I r iff ^ I

—p i

1 #^/1

L£f^J>Tl

^Jfrffi

fff <rFtr

§15. Pos. A5. Lage. X. O5. Pos. vfl)

v

2 2 1

p3=£—t^ 4 * .-4-^\r. =^-

2 2 2 2

JZS iif

£* J I bJ * J *

' bJ * *1

'* bJ —- * J ' *bV* LJ =^« =-#

mmim^km^ikmmm-4-4-4

Sevcik, Op. 11. IX

r000

Page 129: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

\>* r f m »

.

0-

2\

iJ j ipf rh* rr i^ r '^ ^^(»•

6. Pos.

6. Pos.

^\? f Ia:

3 3

'rf f r r ltf'r tfr i CJ"l,r~Cj'f

J~3* iac

r: / 4.

Ie& rr0 , . r*}:

~* r?» j i*p' fLff itff mm ^ ^^7. Pos.

fl7. Zagv?. -/jL—l*—

i

^JVi3 3

0:

W ryV »l \Y m Jyf £—

3

1

FWpfc

3 3

7. Pos. A<p—^~-^ o 1

1^u

:~jf I . i^ff « i»f I pi?«f |tf 1^y tr r 1 c^'t trf a53

'(1)-

i>* &*^ fti

lav

ffrfffiEfffffrr^ ieft

a sxN9 3. Follows.

j

fo^f Tv^r 3.

I Acontinuer aveoleN9?

8.(4.)

Tho .augmented triad of F minor: .

Der nbermassige Dreiklang in F moll; 3 [ \,\\ II

L accord augmente de Fa mineur

:

c

O2. Pos. f\

o|

I

, j|>.. £ 1I 1

.° j 1 1 . 2 J I , i ° - m j i

,. pos. §>i:

C_ ' r ri "[J '-'"L^ 1

"^rr'LL^i »

lf

Dfi of1

i

lit1 Lrr

i sb; J.iP^P^^PP^3zat

i.Sprr'rgrrXJi Jr ii^rrrr^ferfgrUi'PljJj^L.i1I L. i

Sevcik,Op.U.IX'.

Page 130: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

22

3. Pos. Q3. Lage. -^—(*-

3. Pos. w) gi ^k

s 3,i

3 3i

17 [V _pggr '*CP CT

1

'a ^i 1

2

3 3. 2

22 2_^ 4

i.i*

1FP a

,1 ji ^ ^r&rrrrfr i r?^^)^pg jj

jr i

''tD

4. Pos. Q.4

-Lage

- BS I*

J-rf „J_J, I

| ,

J.JJ_J , h l

f

l

2,2 2 2 ,1

r rI

't r i

i

r i''c;['EJrW Lrr4. Pos

1 1

~ l

j r r r iJV crJ l uff iu m ± p

ills ' 'till1Sjr

i l

=f fklf

brf i^rYfff

i fnr r rrf iTxifA SP^F

cir r i rT i^r?^i^rrr?r

r i&r^^,i^B*

5. Pos.

5. Lage. '.

5. Pos. :

4 4 g

f| ,

bfpp

|

Vff fpfi

frf ff r.yff rf1 1

Prf frfiffY ffns

ffYfffiYffffffrtf^PP ^r'irl' ' LUj*2 4

6. Pos. A6. Lage. 3r a6. Pos. *fl?

2 ^— 3 3 _3 3

o - :— — : -b : s>- b» : »- : r ;»-V b : »- : »- : st p-f^P- 1—rfffff

imfffrfei

3 3 2 2

Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 131: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

23

f d-FW^ ![[&W^ rrr i^ rr ri Cd rlrj

j"i CLci j

i i

^ ^ 1 5#^#f*-a-

=qPkifeis ^v

7. Pos.fl

7. Pos. (ft? *'

"* g *T£: . £i£. fz* * *£ , £7*: £

i *. * * £m fff smm2 ±

rffrffi

fYffrfifftffr

irrttw = =

^^-1 1- >rJ :jeeibzi?^:e

,(!)-

* #

''exi- i

'w i^ ^ l^f

=

i§§lT" li ncir ^==Epfe.§i B

ti r ryffffF

t. *-%iggl

N°4. Follows.

I.fW,gtf NZ4.A continuer avec le N94.

9.(5.;

The augmented triad of B minor:

Her iiberm'dssige Dreiklangin H moll

L'accord augmente de Si mineur: 'Up2. Pos. _A O 1

iJ -HjiflgfiW . flr* i£

3 3,

?fct&&Ut,kti-i^-i?^1

P«—

<

s • i-2. Pos

O 1 O O o o IT

cr"i a "<T5"'(!)_

3, a 3. „ 2.

JjJ,J i'hJJ ^g^ m&i3. Lage. J( i«

3. Pos. W te P^fa m

I r rb01

M?i3, 3.

jJiji^ii tjjnn,ji lJ3J

2 3

lp-ffi£ ###- -rn2 2M^P3

o o

Sevcik.Op.il. IX.

Page 132: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

i % ii

i j m ' gfci i^i f ' i ii

i fe ffiju

4. Pos. -fl

4. Pos. #-2 2 2

J i B j j l ^il ^ffi^ i^1J z tig ¥ m

x rr2 1.

§3^2_£ Ml £g•""!•

£#""-#

«-•r

1

1 rir^ g | i^itr r> i«r^ | irr jjji r r r

i

o c

¥ar rf^f j ^-^>*rriErHtrrn#^ gslib*a*A~-

iiit • op? ^

5. Pos. Q

5. Pos. S9*Nlfr

4 i O 3

P«r*rfi , P*rO i

frf^l rV'rO I'F^^^ P

^i i

'm ' cj

-

ii -r l j

fi l>r*rrr ll

m a m. -7 ii^ ^r^^fc*fflrrfTtfriVr%^nn%.^g r | r^ r ttf ^g^T*t5vcn—

^

^j-—•j i

J IJjjlH-«-'1

llf£u ^#tete^^tf^Mpl»§

6. Pos. Q6.Lo,ge.J£ I*

6. Pos. <fl> g

, 3 .%-^3 3

I~

I I ga fca I LJ uj • I

^™^I i

•-•—

r

o o

Sevcik, Op.ll.IX.

Page 133: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

3 3 o

It-' '

25

^f

rtr»r

r f^rrTrrfr t r «r- yg teM

* '-i#. te te"H fi tffr ffnr jfe

- m >m

mtete

JTi j|7| |

pl rHI hi^Vfffj l!|fag|i gp"SBj--o• 43O O 1

*3"O

7. Pos. He f1

1

|

»rf^|

gfaji ffr | r

*pf rf| [

it^ffrf^"gjn i-p9 (•

7. Pos

Krfa.f¥FgpPPS i

te (t|itt| *0§£Lm§i§

Select "gft^-sg %^,pei *feft^^^^^^^ nrrfrm

2fe#N° 5. Follows.

A continuer aveo le N95.

10.The augmented triad of E minor:-

Her ubermassige Dreiklang in E moll:

L' accord augmente do Mi mineur:

2 - Pos-

__ m r f i a

2. Pos. yP I

1"^

o p I r ft :

j.aj.^4j^a i m kJ ^, -,,f*^''* *-

f fffIo o

I'fff^r iffi l"rTJ U^p gBS l

^1

' ^jfffrr'rrffr^f

,

i UPiqjgPiiO LJ O ==

: 8d 'ft

jtfJ 'jtJ^ Jj-i 1-!^^ WF? & * & L

i n mmjr "-'g^'ju

**-"-# --#

^F

Sevcik, Op.U.IX.

Page 134: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

26

I imi

Fffl^i

f=(2 r-0- wm m * g

#

Ii,

-»—

*

gcarriTr^cf^^ m?ji Jj.i i rj^M

pf Ma.

3 I 3.

:

;

1i

3 tot

i |gp 'njj j |ppp' J jy ' jj^l^

s§§f«f- , a

-» ^PjJJj^^JjM jfel jL

i

jJ jJ£W,^2

I , 2 2, 2 2-^a

| 2

T=?

JJ'i i J,-JJr i iU* ^y 1

1

i vJXTJJJTJcT" err WcTcf =7* ::^tf P?

I r3.

3

feS fe5 if=rf tt"^

cr -»

m m m \ ~I zzz

g££rJ

'J

ri

2 1

rr r ^ i

#rrr Ltfr.'X&-

f

£te tele

L4

,i4 4 4-4n-j££e it.

i 4^

'(!)-

f r Mifffn* i

r i> i relPM gi ^ P

TTT3J iJj iiTfltei iP^*i

f^i IS•I ^.c1

3r *y-Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

-& "*.=* 1 _

itee

SH yiH

Page 135: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

27

sTfrrf?/»r i

fr*rr rr#^ tt

1

(i).

4. Pos.

fejfiCfrJi^flji^r'gig*e£tes

o4

4 4, a 4,

» *te £

4. Pos. PS Kfi

f f i ffr iffr fff r^

^! *i * *i 4_ *. >! A

m4 4

.<^gb^ in^Ai §M 1i i

03 44 O 1

m 1clLr cO-r 1 eJTjU'

r

f

4o

i $ J i FP ^ £— 4

ffl »^SS=P

[l^dir'r^g ^^ ^&

# ^i#-"!» 0-*-*=f<

"ST

-r^tW

P alrV -11 I J r* i rttr r - I 1 ti« f 1 fff*» 1 r T i?fTr nuffifff

f ifffrnr^ i

Tf^hr^ fffr 11 r r i-* 1-

2 1

» rfIT 1 f r g if iWr

?

1 6 . J 1 rrr

i

p 1 r

.

^s###

HT3J i J Si I=* ^ »

m$0±m A mSevcik.Op.il. IX.

Page 136: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

28

5. Pos. Q5. Lage. jt i*

5. Pos. ^9£^£ £ §e

^3E is

.r.,^1 ^fmm *

2_0 O O

3.

gIIK CJ SI ii

r»i rufi° irftiiiiis-

pI*--* E^^2 4 o o o

j jJintrriffii*fe

j|fg

4

^

4 ^"f 4 4-

JWiOT J^

a 4 4 4 3

^Ipff JV I pitgP

e_8£ffr, i «r r lgp

te v#e££fi ffCffi i r r r i frif> iffT

i

rrffr iff f i f frrfiif-ff.fr iff

£ £fe* /Jfe£e te

-**

cfrP I r rtrT i rr^ir r.ffr i fE

—^±p—

-* I— g Ji .,-—- m -^.—r-ir

^rfopg rfe . IiVj4-,<£>? p i d* . =fe~pfff r^ i f

.

i i i r-nite£ «ei

p^P p^E£fe. £* ^ ^ilff^QVr lJ^^m 1

1 l^ i__ 1 1 'j

'(D-

6. Pos. Qff.ia^-e.^tro:

6. Pos. <fP

. .te

IrT .ff f ,FfT , Fffi

fr-P ,frOi aifflili

tt£*,,:z p#:s Tfs~= ——— v^——————

1

1( y iffyQJ ~ ~

£1. i I 3" — a> 33. 3 1

^<i& !&3 1 L.

l£*E£ I

^~* » I ^ ^ts I n 7<rJ

I35

rii v 1 [Jr

¥r ippM^p

V W" V »

3*==s=

2-2

iteis J[W

I

pjj^W Tr?P i «r r tm

Sevcik,Op.U.IX.

Page 137: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

VI4^-4

i=;=;ltea^ 3 ^"4 3-—s*

eg fife^ sfefif ft

29

Ml £:

^ £*-' rftf»fo

~^lt#e

fete^qggS I £s= I I ^ p ft

!

§mi iTr J ig £spfee

1= fff .HjJtj

f i^rf r|tpg £gfee fefe*e«fS .r/frCrrri"'gi m

7. Pos. A o

w*| *i* effe/iefte

TT

fi

ffTf|

ffT,p rfr=fr#—u sT ii L '

"

I ,rr=£==

im Vp7- LaZe - fk C7. pos. v9

1 3 O 1

r itr^rif^ »pp gg^lffef g^=«?

s2 2

ati: a^ j r irts»w ~: r:n

PP§ 1 fi firrg

i

rrfiP^ ^3

*T£i-fT

i

fff f r ir rf i ffffr iftel file *e eee>

-s—

t

rT-fff iPfr , reiil §£* ^feei te -^te'i *

firT""

i

"frig^^ ii-'(d-

fi> i

filfT iftf=&$ niqrrriri,!^JftL

gB £fefe*£ frfff IeeI

fee

cOJ ' "

r

7

rftfffff.ffFffFr.ftr 3^ 2a ^| ,

. N° JJ. Follows.

"ffff p rr r \ r Tii ?<>& nzu.

^! ' J Lr

1 —IIA continuer avecIeN?!!.

Sevxik, Op.il. IX.

TT

Page 138: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

30 11.

The augmenled triad of D minor:g

Dcr uberm'dssige Dreiklang in D moll: /L ft} 8 :

L'accord augmeate de Re mineur: jfj "

2. Pos. _t\

2. Pos. W) g

ifc Sfe£4=

f rl |

Pff,

.r»ff ,

rPi* 1 JSJ.J3^s

p*ptO 0/ »

O O 2 2 2 2

3G - r r i K- w~w-

iJJt i .

J.fel

Jfe=I #—-=-i»'r w m

Po o o o o

2 2 2

4 Zu4 * 4

11Y

\p

1

1*i Fff

:

«• 2 &,—i—i—1

1-^

«J(1)

2

| }[L^ i

r r r i ^f/r i

rnr

,i g|j|| irp-l iJ^-fiif 3?

p LI'

2-

]

53a) gg a -* ggi 3£ i» s

§g^y^ r i^r £r r

riflrTg jp JJ]^L i

(i).

3. Pos.

4 4 4 * 4

*fe3.io^.3t=o:3. Pos. <9

nt ,-fcs #r# teN^e #&3ifCt

i

rTrri

^ i rTfr iffiTfrffrrf^4; 4=

o o O O O H^ S-

£ ife#i, 2

i1 nrpi;pz^-g 3O L o o

m «O O

1To

-*-^V

w. n y m m\\

m r aF 4 a~

O o

Se^cik,Op.U.rX.

Page 139: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

31

4 2 4O O 4

Jjr ijJ

'L'i^ iii J i

rcfL ^gSK^ rs 3E• - •

k ^ > ob o

4 jtfrrri

r rf i .iffft^ .1

I rii^l'litrJ

4. Pos. Q

4. Pos. iW—"- 1

'

I I.

—I |l I I I >— I

| |W - I 3 3 I I T J g '

II 3

:s9~2

prlr\^\lT&\&i>\f[frrHa n - m .id.

pip Iffppff # »7 e ^S «3

i8.»

. °l

-1

i i

. «. i .. 1

3 r^ rm 3, 1

, ,

4i

4i

4I ,

3|

,

4i

,

,

I

4|

, ,3,

3i

i

x, ]

MfJJi jJtJ ijrtWSjmi^ ea i jJ'il i«JiJ i

jJfej i^O O O ° 1 o o

jJltMlCTjIJJ JflrfinWi

J?^g #iss

7

^rr^v , rrr

l

ffr Fr ,

rf»f , Tffr> , rff fi iPffff ftr

jrriff ifrr iifrfe^ tf*

nrrnjifflt^^Sevcik,Op.li.IX.

Page 140: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

32

itf 1 1 ofay, m i

i H^r ir jPi a i *

*t?

^A ^ s if rrr ffTf ifFTrffrr iQ rir

rr r1

1 „O 1

5. Pos.

(2. a A a^M^MI- I I ~r^ J

-I

^J J-1 I

*V fts

fr iPTf itrr.rf5.Lage. Jf p5. Pos.

-O o-2 ^1

yjj3j /^!

fff -fife/^*ciioj .-,m 13 s *slo ^BP

o 12 2

o o

3 2-.3

I I I I ^ 2

J J 11 i JttHttJfll.Trl^

O O o O

2 I 4, | 2£d!CD

rr i dXl

«— ."

o g Ffo 4 a ^o o

23$pm

cii/^ i j j r irxip & B ^o T

rtt

f ifffr?i rrf i fftr? ,r

#ff iffffr

=fc_ =*_ »"^. -' —*^_:

~^m -

£p- #

Ife^iSSffl £te» ¥t%l% Se» n^tefie tte^ feU i

Pff *

flrrr . fr fe£ fe§s a 3Z

m sgs ^^=» rt^ I *

6. Pos.°j fF

iTTr i TfF , Tff

i frrffrffir* Vi^6.Lage. Jf <* ;::=

6. Pos

Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 141: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

33

fjfr

ifc^iiiar£=m mim*r r.

i o o o o o

2 2 2 1

ijj.iirj. iiiJmjjniJijpj^ijjipi^ ^^3" 22h^-r§ I

a.

Vu\\* '-infr i

*7' I ftp J I I S3m^rn^m¥

mmfepf^. ^j nTfff»friffn uVi„ii -"»*

mo |_1

7. Pos. Qi

i

242

:te|

W

m^ tee ,M«i£l ift #J

£ 1fPT

,

*fffi

rPf¥rff=

Effe.fjTft

f rf

f

i r f r j* ifM \f# Pri

fTffrffMg^gO 1

3

w m £o

4 4 1

nrnrij W=r=^=^=f^ £=£}5ee'4 1

1^ 4 a 4 i 1 n V _

gipig iJitp rirrfup-i

i-irnufpi::<^

FJpg

Sevcik.Op.il. IX.

Page 142: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

34

V,

P:=:e:3|

fe£ £* *^«

te~:= :==;=£» |i| pEpfe jfi£|=| | fit1

rfs^rr i i^rrTf i r

£l»ii^ ^TyCp*~*~3"gs

a*frrr.iri^r^^rrrrr

i

rffPf^ffWi^fr^rs

12.

The augmented triad of G minor:

Der ilberm'dssige Dreiklang in G moll: <£ %L' accord augmente de Sol mineur:

I2 2 2 2, 2 2 Oa. srva. _'\ w

|, i * *

, I lil =i in i t- n n

1 2 2 1

JWJiJWi

I 2 ~2

^j iMjiOTJJjM™^ » 2-

C^J'SO^ \ tm

T~I ~r^s

fr> ,'f r> i ep

g=ptrfe TTnVr i

^^i

^^

3^p-r- r>m ^s I- E8.

iS iW^ 22:

'

1 — d—' Uj-__*j>^— —^^ s o n o—

g

I 3.

1 3

*-H '

UP J |J 'J E#~T3Sevcik, Op.ll. K.

Page 143: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

35

rfi g f? *rr I. V0Vlm 0-

-0 ^-0-

*rriCffrbJ33ii^i.

w3.P0S. A3. Lage. Jf ii

3.Pos. iS—'J ., I

1 5 U1 l 111

H J^JJUUJ4 O O,

»f4 4 4

2 11 4 O O 2 Q30 O 3 1 4- Q 3 1 O

a 4O

vs* *

fc i* fc is5#-rl te^S P ?P»p—lr~ p— • fr==»' •— —' « mJZ7 m—*t7- # fl^jr *

J 1... -a^fH.i^n^"^,, JJ1J3J3J"r^inl^i^^grfm4 4 4 4 4 4-

: J J,EPAOTJ?!•--#^ ^ ^

is:(D- o

j^i jaj m

Viho. Vhm irr? 1*3 ^—»

-f- |d m tMte^#¥*

T, 1 1

r^

i jji^'.'fl 1^

eftr rlA iftr»r grr jg ^ ,

"j^ I 1

^ ffr»r ^„jui

4. Pos.

I W—+^£ sO " * o

_0 ^ offi^g=3 s «hJ-»

1 d1 o

r^ t To r o*~^—tr»

Jl Sid r i „.J. 1 1 ffcW 1

i^r»ri«rTy1 frj^VJ=f

R^PSevcik, Op.ll.IX.

Page 144: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

36

I-^m m

Jba bI—1^3*^1£ b

'If f1Tf l'^ililf

ltfi

' J

-rr i«

j

-rf i*^

T S^ l

> <iJvp¥*£

r f7

£

oT1

oP 4 O

o

e U^e UJTEft if Fj i f

frIm fm1 nr f"wrffr rrrri

1 1 ^ II - — I » I ' I"— o J • --— —II

2 4 4 4 4 O al

3n^i bPSj i J>J

i^Jiii>r[I

i—*-,

£fc i &teF-=*rriffl^r

fxCrV iyr£2 , * ^p ^ b#£

r itg^Mr rf|

Tffrrirrfiffff^^

* *b:Efik

r iiffftf i

fb

f»4-# f

bea eb. ^feit ifa bi

fr i^rTff .Tit

rSta b,

SB L^^J 4=-h—Irfr-rf

£2 ^_» ^fcg=* • "F om m

-1-7>TP I f\,. I I F t^ ntflJi-u l*£lgts

a*&* j

,^Jj^ri^lrrrErrittr«rgrrigr»rrr^ ia

5. Pos.

bi-lJbJ 15. Za.gu /f /«

5. Pos s s4 1 o i=*o _- os —r1 »

2,22

3 1\

1

i-j^ijr^iL.Ti^.iBteiJoffffiue

O o «

^Sir*

-

4^

? f

frf.Tff|

ff¥ , ffW^e^I^IeS "a^lcie^ Is^iTil^ bXt^ile§ i

P -4-^4- -4-4--3—8-

O

4V 4 4

JbJ |JOT ^S

1/3.

Lai

ifc==^ feE^*I i_

Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 145: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

?b

4

^g ?ff^ fcfg% %lea^ t#f e, 4 4

,4_4

4_4

i*e HaT i i,

r j^ r ii. r

-

r

»rrrfTP|ffffffr¥|

r? ^#6. Pos. A

6. Pos. WIV

o s o

^=£s^ *I

'

ff*J^^, ,_ ,,-m—m .

"^

•3 JJ

tesiiba -b.

fe# EfP*fE2 4 2 r

1 * i_ i

1 2 — ^ b 1°

I^^^iig ^Ti jirti j M Ai

rN[xj^» ttj uyr i lI&ji^*M

•^felfe£

4 U

1.(2 b*Si = „ b«e f^f: b# e fe&i t#f% *ii&Efitr i

fTf ifFFTnT: i

Sevcik,Op.U.IX.

Page 146: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

we few. we *%w we*i 'I

'Mi 1

J 3. i'

'_ r i

'

*i

f iTfFi

fffFTiT

teZ&u w£'i S lew ^ ftp* . *VP% fV„ -^¥fe y # ^ffi^ffffifanrW |^

'(«_

'fr g iLirtrr?r»© fe^^ Arffe ffiffb.

«fgrrfiffrrff

2. Pos.

2.Lage.

2. Pos.S

13.

The augmented triad of Cjt minor.- «

iter uberinassige Ereiklang in Cis moll: fL w tfg^R

Uaccord augmente d' Utjf mineur: t)" "

«r*f "rftr Jfrfrfe .rUfffcrlf<*fffcfr*

PPN9 13. Follows.

X continuer avec leN°13.

a o i 3 o 3bbm

i 4

P§ ii*urnnm jj<m^s£Sevcik.Op.ll.IX.

Page 147: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

39

3.

m1. — 3 1

a i » i

'

i i vr8"^W^Jj

l^ r

lBVJi"

J5"JII"iv

l

WJ^ '^J 1^

' j5p»J» J mgrrr J Wfr'to JW i clgf iij

i

ri

i TUrji i»|i

4_L

gaittcte^ fa

j i j '

i

*

i

[ i ttf gj i1

1 r w iftr r

.

L-i [

1' r^ I rwnrsj

gfBrf i r^ i ig^^ H,J r ag«f 1:i :J -*gj ^ Pte

g—+\-+

g-

JJ^l^JJl l

O 3 1 1 g^^W^'rs r*rT%*^3.Pos. f\ o*f

f*f ftfof^ ^^f| cf^ffr|

t

r7pfrffr|^p.2 '

1 ff 11 3 3 ~ O OI 3.1 i^HfflF3.Lage. JL j*

3.P0S.

tfrr1 "HI r g

i ftP j~r i ii 'r I I r aC ^ If Iff' htr..rH'r.rri*rfefigs=p

p

J j«j u«J»J i 't^j i4^ 3i>JJW]] uJP]»JP]ij«j«J rf s^trr

V

I iMrr^J W*r v HlB M f

r r irT

rfeJ ikt imfe ifr rteJ

jg fe, sti

r

tt

^^[Mir tirlfiiHrir^

i

feuHr,,^<ypfft-r* <bf? .* *^['

i r^r^i^s¥ sSevcik, Op.U.IX.

Page 148: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

40

fey fem iaJiiJ

rm 'M'r iw iggispg »in 1 1

1

^^^?-j^f,»-

nJvi'rrPi

4. Pos. Q

4. Pos. Wp*pf Mm jgjj Jj| ,«rfffPfr ffig jjgl

Af uirT'U^ r i

tir^ a <r7frf ll>fr I

ttraJttp lyli^NffJJlJ^Htr38

(0 L-

"^~ 2.

V. P% 3 r » *

^.j HH ffi j UJ«r n iiBir *- 1 ^^^S i «ri

a).

^ro^"

I

' I '' ~*

1 j ,

Itee i^r¥fr fesi i ttp^rfr^m? i

ttrr ^-^-it^fffrr-1

1 Pn-., =1 .^^f Tirr-' ip *u.afj 1 11 ffftfd

I tfpTU I 1 1

ftf|%

:

-Tf

tf

ftff ffrr1

J RfP^'(D-

gp »^ — --^'—*-^—- =1 =

^!5£Ee i^r*r^ 1&C*c*r«

J|

l r"

"

'a).

5. Pos. /V o*ff ,*f*t«p i»r*rf .*r«r*P

5. Zagw. gC t«5. Pos

Sevcik.Op.ll.IX.

Page 149: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

4J

*4*ipff

fe i*tii* Kf*rPr[^rU*r r Wty"^O 4 O 2- O g_L

2 2 2 2

IT- ^ ^ _^«»

l l r i Hrr*. I UJtfrT irTfttHi^i'^^ j i jiiJiifMi'a^ji^rni^ i ^'ras *

il K.

.te te«ft.

it ftfe*' n-s- £#

*r¥f J fffif \*ftfi

^ffW /ffif^i^r

i

tf

rfej*£g fitis

; (D-

ffi^ff , *fttrr

, pffff , *f«|», .

u,ffrr a s iiirtTfr i

*r s; (D-

gs

< I

.TIB3 I|.

I Cliff1 1 I.

TTS1 ftjjgj |,

3E'[;!*

fflr /^ afc-- Jjgjjg .ftffiffcrtyf|fnTrf£r?

iUni Mj iit i

6. Pos.

6.Lage.

6. Pos.

£ tfff |«pf^^ l cffrfr^i^r ifr

«J 07 O O 3 3 3 - O 3

r a p- I jtrgrr I T aJ*i

T

aI »tt

<r «f Jg||g

Sevcik,Op.ll.IX.

Page 150: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

42 ,V^4

^> '

' ' r ' '

''

i

'

ikM

irv^

.its toss *,£«! *m& ***% liiefe1ff^

,0 f§|| fe |«ff#^ to ,frftf fe |«rff^a1

'(«-

1mf^rf£fr

i

*Q»r i.

a).

ms ^.tt.tfe nrfetel gajjl %fcfc fa### II 8i»fa HUTIE

, jelgj ggǤ1mm

7. Pos. Q7. Lage. Jjf i*

7. Pos. W

*fe |g¥ fp ftft mffff„ rf¥ &H |rV¥ fe

~0~~C o o O 2

! lII i

II I ffW ft°JWt^t

~"~' 2 7 a.

^B irj » i" ig

^ io£s m Je=A - i

itr rT i

ff

cr.,#p .ttpfp^. IFM£

p

.fte tef&s*. igfegl fe*. igtegi % ft

^jggg i )tf Pa \ b^$tT? Afc^tfl

HI <r»J i^^ffr i rupffJ i

irLrP[ritr#r

- m^r'r LET i|

-

1

Sevcik,Op.U.K.

Page 151: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Abbreviations and Signs.

Designation of the Length of the

Bow by means of fractions:

Whole Bow.

Half Bow.

First Half.

l

1

5i.

3

§• Second Half.

§ One Third.

| Two Thirds.

g Firfct Third.

§' Second Third.

§ Third Third.

4 One Quarter.

\ Three Quarters.

1- f ||- pirst Second," Third, Fourth4 4 4 4 ' ' '

Quarter.

•^- Second and Third Quarters.

H Down-bow.

V Up-bow. 1)

— Broad Bow.

Short, detached (staccato),

hammered (martele)

.

" Springing, bounding,

(sautille; spiccato; saltato).

) Lift Bow.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) s)

I First String, E.

H Second String, A.

Ed Third String, D.

IV Fourth String, G. 3)

o Open String.

Sul E,_on the E-string.

l First Finger remains on string.

i The little hook indicates which

finger is to remain on string.

M. Middle of the Bow.

Fr. At the Nut.

Sp. At the Point.

Abkiirzungen und Zeichen.

Bezeichnung der Bogenldnge durch

Bruchzahlen.

j Ganzer Sogen.

| Halber Bogen.

|" Erste H'dlfte.

§' Zweite H'dlfte.

\

§ Ein Drittel den Bogens.

| Zwei Drittel den Bogens.

s' Erstes Drittel.

Zweites Drittel.

Drittes Drittel.

Bin Viertel den Bogens.

3

3.

3

l

4

^ Drei Viertel den Bogens.

l.

4 4 4 41- 3. 3. 4. ErSfes^ z,weifes> drittes, vier-

tes Viertel des Bogens.

2^p Zweites und drittes Viertel.

H Herunterstrich

.

V Hinaufstrich .J)

— Breit gestossen (gezogen).

Abgeslossen, ge/ta?nmert (martele

staccato).

ii Springend, geworfen (sautille;

spiccato).

) Bogen neben.

I Kunstpause (Luftpause) 3)

I Brste Saite, E.

H Zweite Saite, A.

DZ Dritte Saite, D.

IV Vterte Saite, G. 3)

o Leere Saite.

Sul E, Auf der E-Saite.

l Liegenlassen des ersten Fi?tgers.

Liegenlassen des Fingers aufweircnen das Hakchen zeigt.

M. Milte des Bogens.

Fr. Am Frosch.

Sp. An der Spitze.

Abreviations et Signes.

Division de l'archet au moyen de

fractions.

3. 3

4

n

V

Tout l'archet.

Demi- archet.

Premiere moitie.

Seconde moitie.

Un tiers de l'archet.

Deux tiers de l'archet.

Premier tiers.

Deuxieme tiers.

Troisieme tiers.

Un quart de l'archet.

Trois quarts de l'archet.

'

I'|" Premier, deuxieme, troisieme,

quatrieme quart.

' Deuxieme et troisieme quart.

Tirez

Poussez. 1)

Largement.

Bref, martele (staccato)

.

" Sautille' (spiccato).

) Levez l'archet.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) 2)

I Premiere corde, Mi.

H Deuxieme corde, La.

HI Troisieme corde, Re.

rV. Quatrieme corde, Sol. 3)

o Corde a vide.

Sul Mi,_ Sur le mi.

l Retenez le premier doigt sur la corde.

. Retenez le doigt indique par le

crochet.

M. Milieu de l'archet.

Fr. Au talon de l'archet.

Sp. A la pointe de l'archet.

1) Unless otherwise indicated, the first

measure begins at the nut.2)

Lift Bow and make a brief rest.

3) No practising should be done on strings

not true in the fifths.

*) Ohne Bezeichnung de/' Bic/ttung 6eglnnt

der Anfangstakt itntner an? Frosch.3) Bogen heden und knrze Pause machen.3) Auf nicht quintenreinen Saiten soil nicht

geuat wet'den.

*) Faute d'indication speciale on commence

la premiere mesure au talon.

3) Levez l'archet en faisant un bref silence.

3) On ne doit jouer que sur des cordes absolu-

ment jusles.

Page 152: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 153: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 154: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

CONTENTS OF

SCHOOL OF INTONATIONBy OTAKAR SEVCIK

OPUS II

CLASSIFICATION OF THESUBJECT-MATTER.

Part I —Introduction to the 1st Position.

" Ila —1st Position. "I

" lib 1 —1st Position. 1 q„„„i„„ j„ 1„„*" III -1st Position.

Supplementary*

" IV —1st Position. J

*Part V—The rhythmic MajorScales from Parts Ila and lib.

Pieces (1st position, Grade I)

with piano.2

" V —Introduction to the 2d-7th Posi-tion. Supplementary: Parts lib,

III and IV; also the 2d violin tothe 29 Duettinos from Parts I, Ilaand lib.

" Via —2d-7th Position. } RuDolementarvt" VIb —2d-7th Position. J

auPPlementaryT

f40 Bohemian Melodies in the 2d-

7th position.

" Vie —2d-7th Position. — 40 BohemianMelodies. Supplementary: PartsVia and VIb.

" VII —2d-7th Position.—Supplementary:Part XII (Introduction to Shift-

ing).

" VIII —2d-7th Position.

" IX —2d-7th Position.]" X —2d-7th Position. } Supplementary§" XI —2d-7th Position. J

§Part XII—The 2d violin to the 40Bohemian Melodies (Part Vie).—W. A. Mozart, Sonatas for vio-

lin and piano, No. 4, 7, and others.

" XII s —2d-7th Position.—Introduction toShifting. Supplementary: Sonatasof W. A. Mozart, Nos. 4, 7, andothers.

" XIII 4—Transitional Tone used in Shift-

ing—Diatonic Scales in a Varietyof Forms through 3 Octaves.Supplementary: Concert-studies:Rode, Concerto No. 6; Viotti,

Concerto No. 23; Pieces fromGrade III.

" XIV —Intonation of Double Stops. Sup-plementary: Continuation of Con-cert-studies and Pieces fromGrades III and IV.

1 Because the sense of rhythm varies in indi-viduals, the exercises in Parts Ila and lib maybe studied independently, without keeping pacewith the parallel exercises for the left hand.In this case the omission of these exercises inbowing must be made up in the followingParts.

- It is of great importance for the beginner toplay frequently with piano accompaniment.The difference in tone-color between the violinand the piano, the harmonic structure of themusic, the fine nuances in the piano-part, all

tend to guide, even urge, the beginner towardpure intonation, proper crescendos and decres-cendos, and correct accentuation. Thus he is

almost compelled to produce a more beautifultone and to render the music with taste. Forthese reasons he may study, even at an earlystage, in connection with Parts II-IV corre-spondingly easy pieces with piano accompani-ment.

8 To be studied concurrently with Parts Via,VIb, Vic and VII.

4 To be studied concurrently with Parts VIII,IX, X and XI.

EINTEILUNG DESLEHRSTOFFES

Abttilung I —Einfiihrung in die erste Lage.

" Ha — 1. Lage. 1

" lib 1 — 1. Lage. I Nebenbei"

III — 1. Lage.I

vorzunehmen*IF —1. Lage. J

"Abt. F—Die rhythmisierten Dur-Tonleitern aus Abt. Ila undlib.—Vortragsstiicke ( 1. Lage,

Stufe I) mil Klavier.2

" V —Einfiihrung in die 2.-7. Lage.Dazu: Abt. lib, III und IF,

sovjie die zvjeite Fiolinstimmezu den 29 Duettinen aus Abt. I,

Ila und lib.

Via —2.-7. Lage. \ n +VIb -2.-7. Lage. \

ZWtt40 bohmische Weisen in der

2.-7' Lage.

" Vic —2.-7. Lage.—40 bohmische Wei-sen. Dazu: Abt. Via und VIb.

VII —2.-7. Lage.—D azu: Abt. XII{Einfiihrung in den Lagenivech-set).

ARRANGEMENT DESMATIERES.

Partie I

Dazu§

XII'

VIII -^2.-7. Lage.

IX —2.-7. Lage.X —2.-7. Lage.XI —2.-7. Lage.

%Abt. XII—Die zweite Violin-

stimme aus den 40 bohmischenWeisen (Abt. FIc).—W. A.Mozart, Sonaten *fiir Violine

u. Klavier, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

-2.-7. Lage.—Einfiihrung in denLagenivechsel. Dazu : Sonatenvon W. A. Mozart, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XIII4 —Lagenverbindungston. Diatoni-sche Tonleitern in verschiedenerForm durch 3 Ohtaven. DazuKonzertstudien: Rode, KonzertNr. 6; Viotti, Konzert Nr. 23und Vortragsstiicke aus der 3."

Stufe.

XIV —Intonieren der Doppelgriffe.Dazu: Fortsetzung der Konzert-studien und Vortragsstiicke ausder 3. und 4. Stufe.

1 Da die rhythmischen Anlagen nicht bei jeder-mann die gleichen sind, konnen die rhythmischenUebungen aus Abt. Ila und lib selbstdndig vor-genommen iverden, ohne mit den gleichlaufen-den Uebungen fiir die linke Hand gleichen Schriit

zu halten. In diesem Falle jedoch sind diese Bo-geniibungen bei den folgenden Abteilungen nachzu-holen.

2 Haufges Spielen mit Klavier ist fiir den An-fdnger von grbsster Wichtigkeit. Die Klangver-schiedenheit zvjischen Geige und Klavier, die vollen

Harmonien des Stiickes, die feine Niiancierung in

der begleitenden Klavierstimme leiten und drdngenden Anfdnger zum reinen Intonieren, zum An-schvjellen und Abschivachen, zum Akzentuieren derTone. Er nvird geradezu gezvjungen den Tonschon zu bilden und das Musikstiick geschmacivollvorzutragen. Deshalb kann man schon neben Abt.II—IV entsprechend leichtere kleine Stiicke mitKlavier vornehmen.

3 Neben Abt. Via, Fib, Vie und VII vorzu-nehmen.

4 Neben Abt. Fill, IX, X und XI vorzunehmen.

Ila

-Introduction a la premiere posi-

tion.

-Ire Position. Matieres

IW ~,lre los^on

-

\ Supplemen-III Ire Position.

| taii-pc *IV —Ire Position. J

ta r'

*Partie V—Les Gammes majeuresrythmiques des Parties Ila et

lib.—Compositions (Ire posi-tion, Degre I) avec piano. 2

V —Introduction a la 2me-7me Po-sition. Matieres supplemen-taires: Parties lib, III et IV;aussi le second violon des 29Duettini des Parties I, Ila et

lib.

Via -2me-7me Position.],, **»#*"VIb -2me-7me Position.]

Sli^^n'

|40 Melodies bohemiennes dansla 2me-7me position.

Vic —2me-7me Position.—40 Melodiesbohemiennes. Matieres supplementaires: Parties Via et VIb.

VII —2me-7me Position.—MatieresSupplementaires: Partie XII(Introduction au demanche).

VIII —2me-7me Position.IX —2me-7me Positon. } MatieresX —2me-7me Positon. j> Supplemen-XI —2me-7me Positon. J taires.§

§Partie XII—Le second violon,des 40 Melodies bohemiennes(Partie Vic).—W. A. Mozart,Sonates pour violon et piano,Nos. 4, 7, etc.

XII 3 —2me-7me Position.—Introduc-tion au demanche. Matieressupplementaires: W. A. Mo-zart, Sonates pour violon et

piano, Nos. 4, 7, etc.

XIII4—Note de transition.—Gammesdiatoniques en diverses formesparcourant 3 octaves. Matieressupplementaires : £ t u d e s deConcert: Rode, Concert No. 6;Viotti, Concert No. 23; compo-sitions du degre III.

XIV —Intonation des doubles cordes.Matieres supplementaires: Con-tinuation des fitudes de Concertet compositions des degres IIIet IV

1 Le sens du rythme n'etant pas le meme cheztous les individus, il est possible d'etudier les

exercices rythmiques des Parties Ila et lib in-

dependamment, sans egard aux exercices paral-lels pour la main gauche. Dans ce cas il fautcompleter plus tard ces exercices d'archet pen-dant l'etude des parties suivantes.

2 Pour le commencant il est de la plus grandeimportance de jouer souvent avec accompagne-ment de piano. Le timbre different du violonet du piano, les accords pleins de la composi-tion les nuances de l'accompagnement, tout celaconduit, et meme entraine l'eleve a une intona-tion juste, a faire les crescendi et decrescendi, aobserver l'accentuation des notes. Tous cesdetails le forcent a cultiver une belle sonoriteet a interpreter les oeuvres avec gout. Pourcela il peut deja commencer l'etude de piecesfaciles avec piano conjointement aux exercices

des Parties II-IV.3 A etudier conjointement aux Parties Via,

VIb, Vic, VII.4 A etudier conjointement aux Parties VIII

IX, X, XI.

Page 155: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

On an Harmonic Basis

for

inSV PARTSby

Contents of

Book III*

OP. 11.

INTERMEDIATE STUDIES Price Each Part

FROM THE 2nd TO THE 7th POSITION $L75

PART VII: CHROMATIC SHIFTING onone and on two Strings, with Controlling

Open String.—The Augmented Second.—Harmonic Minor Scales, with Bowing-Exer-cises for Detache,Legato, Staccato and Spiccato.

PART VIII: CONSONANT CHORDS:Placing the Fingers for the Double-Stop of

the Perfect Fifth, with Exercises for Bow-ing.—Preparation of the Double-Stop of

the Perfect Fifth.—The Major and the MinorTriad in Double-Stops.—The Bro/cen Triad

in various Keys, with Changes of Bowing.—DISSONANT CHORDS: The Diminish-

ed Triad, with Enharmonic Changes, in

Single Tones and Double-Stops.

PART IX: The Diminished Triad contin-

ued.—The Augmented Triad in Single Tonesand Double Stops, with Exercises for

Fingering and Bowing.

PART X: The Chord of the Dominant Sev-

enth in all Keys.—The Chord of the Dom-inant Seventh in Arpeggios through the

Circle of Fifths in all Positions, with vari-

ous kinds of Bowing.—The Chord of the

Diminished Seventh in various Keys, with

Exercises for Fingering and Bowing.

PART XI: The Chord of the Diminished

Seventh continued.—Uniform Shifting of

Fingers on one String, with a Controlling

Open String.—The same on two Strings.

Shifting of the Double-Stops of the Dimin-

ished Fifth, the Diminished Seventh,the MinorThird and the Major Sixth, with a Controll-

ing Open String.—Exercises for Shifting

Positions and Finger-Exercises employingdifferent Combinations of Stops for the

Chord of the Diminished Seventh.—Stretch-

ing of Fingers.

Copyright—Property of the Publisher

HARMS, Incorporated62 WEST 45th STREET, NEW YORK

CHAPPELL &. CO., Ltd., LONDON, ENGLAND

Printed in C. S. A.

Copyright, 1922, by Harms Inc.

Page 156: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

PART X.

Dissonant Chords

in the 2nd-7th Position.

Contents.

The Chord of the Dominant Sevenththrough all Keys in the 3d-7th Position.The Chord of the Dominant Seventh in

arpeggios through the Circle of Fifthsin all Positions, with various kinds of

Bowing.The Chord of the Diminished Seventh

in various Keysin the 2d-7th Position,

in single tones and in double-stops, withfinger-and bowing-exercises.

The Chord of the Dominant Sevenththrough all keys in the

2nd Position

ABTEILUNG X.

Dissonierende Akkorde

in der 2,-7. Lage.

Inhalt.

Der Domimnt-Septimenakkord durch

alle Tonarten in der 2.-7. Lage.Der Do.minant-Septimenakkord in Arpeggiendurch den Quintenkreis in alien Lagen,mit Stricharten-

Der verminderte Septimenakkord in

verschiedenen Tonarten in der 2.-7.Lagein einzelnen Tonen und Dpppelgriffenmit Finger-und Bogeniibungen.

1.

Der Dominant-Septimenakkord durchalle Tonarten in der

2- Lage.

PARTIE X.

Accords dissonants

a la 2me-7rne Position.

Table des Matieres.

L'accord de septieme de dominante

dans tous les tons a la 2me -7me posi-

tion. L'accord de septiemede dominanteen arpeges, parcourant l'echelle desduintes dans toutesles positions, avec

variantes dii coup d'archet.

L'accord de septieme diminuee en di-

vers tons h la 2me-7me position en cor-

des simples et en doubles cordes, avec ex-

ercices pour les doigts et pour le coup,

d'archet.

L'accord de septieme de dominantedans tous les tons a la

2me Position.

ft mm ^irfrfrjcr i frer^rigr^rN i^-irrr

i fFfffr i FFf1 WW

1i l

feijj iflj^ifff^ mm #W^M1 * I jM

****t-\ i m rn]iJJT3^ i rFrrrrri^rrtrcr i^rf.rfe

¥*t 0m^mM I pppmm 0-0 *« m^sa tz« WW aa:0J.0

3 w-ww-g—

. 003

a ffrffiffFff[itrpff)iiJiijjjj

° i

ffjJrrJ i r rrrm

a rrfrf JjJJjlljljLLfTlfl/l ^

§ev2ik,Op.ll-X

Page 157: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

iHirrrfnffrrfrfr m2-

'2

fff£i!ff ccjife

j jij i%r irn?m

ifejj UJ^J itfrrr ° 1

h ^rnrrrrrJi jjrJjjijjjjj^ijjJc

rrrr rfrf , frfr f^^^ mP-rf-E *

rrfr*

!*

,

l7Trr rrrl^J]J^lJ]T|j]j3lft^3 l.flf eff lfffFrM

Ngij ^rri'r;J|JJr J Jji<rTJ

] fi'^ frr^H -ii

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 158: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

4^r^Aim.

0Z 0—mffi0—m.i—m.1— m.

0^«-0-mZ02 0-,

J?/ -1-J--1-J- *Am—-p

•***

i

>1

iili \ ^I'c j'^

i JJr JJ' J i i jt J 3

r5 13 '

^ -•-w~~y

*=£ rrrOTin

* £H ^ rrrrrrr,iirfrrrri^^E ^ • _ • 0^£

#-=T»• ~^# •° 1

> -^ 3 » » o o d W ft o —

S ^pifljfjr

?*P

s J r^Ji pr fT

3 • » o l

1 3. _ .

rtrr i err Cj-

J

i

uJ jjj i Jjjj ff rhffi r ^Tj iu -

1

Sevcik, Op. 11-

X

3 "-

Page 159: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

MeipPPf

0-0 -0-0-

^jjj l^pFp 2 3

§S£iIrivjujg *-»

_0L

^mjjnJjJjlJJ 55 «.ijuaz^g ggfrchrfrffii *^*

gxjr fr I\ d w m

1o4 3

fetem>\> *-*-*^ «r*«r ==jt=i«t ju^Jtfba i.jj

i m itf^i# • ' m

M\ rrfrrr w~ pi hj-3- f r2ritrrr^i^^i

«

y.,"T^rrrrritBj j#- y i ^ ^00^0- ' m0 -m &SIJl HH i

J J J«UJJ. I«.

I

«'----«*SV3

ipv jjiflJiEfFB^ fFf" n'rrr frT YT \ -

H*J\[f>l

\ jl J^ifc>r jj^jju^rg^0-*-:=:*+ ffr

i rrfPfr r^ ijXJJrrJir-nSevcife, Op. 11-X

Page 160: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

6

The Chord of the Dominant Seventhin the

3rd Position.

3

2(9'Der Dominant-Septimenakkord in

der

3. Lage.

la

L'accord de septieme de dominante a

3me Position.

^. ffrfrf^ffrf^ffPmP m .»j I APl JJJJJJJJ lJjJ^*"*

fe if?r^s y#y•• O 3 "-*

' Lj^ •-•-•

**4jjjjjjlgj rHrWirff fr i es!o »p w m a=~zry

J* ' W *

43

HlnS rrnrrfEfTi

|£fr i§i£3FS jUgaJ" CIJl

j i * * ^ j u^

*&t£1 I I I J I

U IJI l

J^l ^Tr rfrffrfri

ff^g^^=R Se ^^^l^t=-f»-T#

12» ^?2

¥r#f5»r »i »-»^P#£*OTij3?j]T|i^^rr. |

i jjVrr irrPFFfifte» ^ m s u ^»_»—

^

u '

LJ —: h—

I

t& eg ggtrdfljiiufld i Effffwf tTr i rrf £

Hi S fcffc£Ti

f£tffrlJLJJJ^J^ :

•-=-•

SP1! "

dpJ^g

feM

£

tft^fct# # #^^ ^JOTiJiJ.cri #-*

«-« PI£££

jMLefpffFirTFFFfifl^^ ?%# I»r##=F#^fef a

O 3

M tff f ,

• i ^ • n, njiirn^iffrT^ij i

*) No. 9 is to he taken before No. 2,in order to al-

ternate with the diminished seventh chord.

Sevcik, Op. 11-

X

*) No. 9 ist vol' No. 2 vorzuiiehmen um mitdanverminderten Septimenakkord abzmvecliseln.

3. 1S l

,*)LeNo. 9 devrait etre €tudie avantleNo.2 jiour alterner

avec l'accord de septieme diminue'e-

Page 161: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

j^piPipigifggT-. 0-Zm- ' -

m-'-mr-mcr

I

rftiw I r?r• _ • _ *s

i *•« — Mi_ p ,

*- • df- •-

t£_i

L-U-<

,

.

...

^^ -•3*ii

""*•J-

*-•_

9

=#^— »-»-- k*—i—

|

r

-Mrfit fff .rrr rr «i Jl i-_nj n n i ni -H

1

1

r f r irff fTf i^-a_U-_t=_L_---^ 5-^^__3j-5^--- -^-^^--^LJ ^L-^rJzi^^ U ' ^ 1

rcrr

a^—-s

£ *¥**!*

i~

^

#-#•*==:—=p £ j],i^jijjt£f i •-•

wot• • L

T»# ^^11^=^ *-*

4 4 .3

i*£

EfT i JJdfliiEfi#fffl^ 5§crri^r^JTjj^jji

S£ffigfFEfj

r rrirr^rr i*l Hj3^Jj U* 1

' 1

Ej*^^P«-«'

SevSik, Op. 11-X

Page 162: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

. 8

^l

^jji JjJiUiJ-JJ^ i cMlrir ii rirrrrr |

f|

m F0E *^+1 m ## 3

H\ m 0-0 1=33 P m i#-=-##»

rrr^ 1 u^f*^^ w'^g*er^ 2

o o o o

1 1

s i^I', rTrTr.r-£ 1 1 £

2 O

at * »

f^ffFirFFfff ifn^piFfj^j ii jj^^j i ^rrrr i rrrfj>

o^ o 4 '

^I T_B

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 163: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

9

i££Ji 0-0.

fEfFUJJjjJii£l£&17715—

g

PpS§*==*

fc}c

far igWJUl jjjjrr^ 141 J J § ifljPfp pfff 1

-J?^l>l

•-

• f f2

. ^^ ^ _^ ^ r*£f0 r "Tr rPi*

3

»p|«•-•r*

-•-•*—"0 3

-• * •1

-•

w^nf^flJrrM^ r rrriffFFR iftfru-Ti^^a =23

1^4^ ffr 1rff ff

r

1tff ffr i f rf

No. 10 follows.FolgtM. 10.

~h continuer awe 16No. 10. -

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 164: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10

The chord of the dominant seventh

in the

m4th Position.

3 do)

Der Dominant-Septimenakkord in

der4. Lage.

L'accurd de septieme de dominante a

la4:me Position.

E wj—m Ccffrrr irfrfrrr *a*^=3t=av» r » I*=*»* IJ>^»"» W3>

ii- "j j"

i u "Ho 1 i 1U -I

I Lh^-^t

Wtb-n Q 0, 00;^je^£ «=e trnrrf ^^-0-0-0

jffr.tfcffff,w^rr.i ] fcrfi 1

"j3j Ef iEppfr[

¥!pf!ff|^ffTpi^^jn>-jjJ:j i j:rrrrirr^-rn^Efr

i

o O

ytfffrrirl^rrrijr crJijJJjjjii^tffflri^ n

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 165: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

*-.__»_ frffi

rfrfS^ar/rfri^rffi'i.<.>f»r»

J1.1 jjj | fl£pf4£

ggg£f

i fppgf i

FPj^irffrffifrrrrri rrrtfff^

s1*.» gr iiftfrnffifMr

i rrrr0-= » r » r

izi* J* TL*3» £

e

fftcefiff1^-0-p-m-

ii ^S? g _ aWW

»

r

fffrri trr^JiJ^Jf

- # #

^711 J -ii

Sevttk, Op- 11-X

Page 166: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

in

m fTcfC£fl*ifcCrficfr £ PS #=H"hMLi» gi»-"--«4:-## #

HH1*~#- A

i• * a nMijjj Ji pppEIHew

4

ft *

cirrrr . rr s0-00%mi CE»* • 0-0

CCE

FFf ffT iffFm

i EfJjJJi^ i

r^riftr=JEg g Sat^ae

W rErritffEr HPOJ^crTr ir.ii

Mfc= jj jJJJJIJn rTrfrrr|

fCtf££fci

ff£ffa£fi ffrffrfa0-*-0-=-0

0a mI

km tf «•<* *** 0*0 , 3t is? m I fi* w »>. .^1-

1 1 ET

=P2F zH:g:=trt ffj^« jjjjuj^ji^rs rrtrr iCffEFf i

#-=—*

Be§ev«ik, Op. U-X

rfrffrirrfrrri^rc^g= a s* 8

m^ra^i#i

Page 167: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

13

jCTJjjj iJJJ^ i eCcfrrrrw w

^frfrifffffffP,^!^'''''' ^rrr i r1^[c£fi^^' M

f^rJrrrifljffl i flTgppi

fee=t fP^fff i fffff i FfpTf j l jjj^J I j j J1 EzEEEE^:^^; f%^rr

Hnrrfrri

ffffrriirrr

i fifii

L,'ii'"iJlK f^i^^m

tefe rr^r

'

| JJJJJJJ ** ^rr^nj^ i-^^i^ * '

<P

fete iipw

1iE

1 2

PffJiprrr/nrrfsg:ee

Pfbzeek #*i #-= =-#

SS tfr frr I rrrri jjjj,n^ifr?^^p

A^.' iTjfffrfri

tafffifi rrr

* ~ ~ p

I^ :=^—

f m f m m m -=^

£ " m n

v i , frrrCrr ifff frr i rff

f r »

P m m m

IMl[ I

' ^I

I

^II !

' ' J v*j _ I*-—' bl ' *

I

1

I I A .continue* i

Sev&k, Op. 11-

X

l l.

• avec le Noil

Page 168: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

14

The Chord of the Dominant Seventh

in the5th Position.

4(ii)Der Dominant-Se'ptimenakkord in

der5. Lage.

la

L'accord de septieme de dominante a

5me Position.

m***

Mi!^g =rar rSrfrrri

rfrfSnirrf^i rr J crr

=

I«A4 i :=««r I . m mf-

9-9-0^ -0j0-

ptjrcr|

^f:£f> ^£jj LrTFFfigfgrirrrEFf|fff^r

irrrrr

r i rrrilj

i

nJJIL-H o ol .

' \J *

*A rr r r irrrf/r

i

^^iirff^Trp^m— \^ 1

: i^ ^ —^S jjj

i H? crTff-fr||

Is—

i

i i

o 1

um tmE £c£r itfxffrf» r i» i ^ » ^ i

* &sc=c # i I r~-waj= d* 4 «i

tt #^n» rfrrrfriC&rl^ujhTr i%g£fT i

• • • r#I n

° 3 4 o 4

¥»rffffri

CCf ftff iffr rff i frr ^nJ^ J ^l ' UJ I uji

-t

I

I-j -

f £f i f.f r tff i i Fffg rrPriXJ£

4*. ca& SEiffcferC

#_#

p&flrj'^^i'UiJ

4hz-0- -=-0-^-0-

OP

^¥-ftfrrfrf|

ftff^g|rr^

2

*_* £ *f* fei#-#3 3- o

o 4

41 f^l p^ rr

piJ]rfl^IIJ j

lj.QJij: r r rr

irrrfrf#ao '

',

¥ tffgfri rrf

i

^7> £1 rrJJrrTf i

fffr•0P—0^—'

LJ ' •o

zz

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 169: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Se£c — o —

fff^rrrrfrfi rg

15

>.i TOjjjjij jjjJ"JjJirr r P r

E -TJ^

^- > i

49-

-flii •»•»•"T"•]•"

^ — *r.-»

-r-£-# • m 2» » £ n i

2 i*"1

*"^f 0.0. www:

j^ ffw ——a 5 * -

2 9V oo

3 '

*£m£4

f mfrfirtmm lLriJj j EPP'Cff

PPPlFfffff;S

it tffm £ rrfTrifffFffp#£

«-« pace sO o

»fJt

ffrrl rrfrf rlrr f

frj |i 3

rj I

JfhJJrrtf

|

teO n

LlCr^- ii

S • ^ •

i rrf£c£f i £gfc£f F#^pf £2E •u*1 r»r^

rrrrcgcr'g^ 1^ §m 0-0- m ±0* cff

=

i* «^h* •-r

:=# aa1 «ffFP

P

t* J^jip'jJJjiJ^rrrr i rfjf

i CffEff:~*

»-»

ffTT #

Cff& rirrr ^r^jijjJjjjijjJexlms m

Sevcik, Op. U-Xo i

l

Page 170: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

£*£fr-flffrf

^ " 99- i* »#

rrrm i

frfrffff ,gffrr iji j rrf n^ g^ £#gj

^ g s rfrr itffor i 'i^H £#fe

«=•=*o 4

^ 3 J J I J 1 i5 l^-^T*-^ gcftrcr iffrftfff,

£E£fQ-ff itCrrrrrHEI

? , a ? = P

' '3' ' »- " »»*

"I

'

i• r • = •

gr WW abzaf »»

° ,.

'

8'

'

jJ3, i| J3*e*

rfrri

rffEffj

««* •#

: ffPfrrirrfrrr^§ev«ik, Op. 11 -X

Page 171: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

0-0- \0PWP 01.0ttfftfr&tft&

t*

»r^rr?WWW ^ I

«l ' '

I 4gpagj £Sw rrrr 0-00-0 0-0#T=*==i*i^ P• ' <

s ff^i ^Fj i flp^ ihjj^j

i^rrrrirrr^rir^rff

*tei.y pi i,j j j i

i gj i ssffff i ff f fig 0—0 m m

i4S

SS rfmrfffff i fffe^rfPNu. 12 follows.Folgt No- IS.

A continues avecleNo.12.

SevCik, Op. ii-X

Page 172: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

18

The chord of the dominant seventh

in the6th Position-

o

5 as)

Der Dominant-Septime?iakkord in

der6. Lage-

la

L'accord de septieme de dominante a

6me Position.

S £&rfh\,nrfmf i

t^m 3* mrm~\j*J* 1 * " at*

fatBo 3 '—

' o :

#

M c£fte£f|£gro

11

i«_* ma

1(D- O 3

tM fP iFFF CfffP.^ffnffffrn^

=^==

(D—Sevcik, Op. 11-X

i*-=--#HS fmrffffr iPPfffriM it

4

SC

Page 173: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

^»n ff f FTW ffg Irj J- J] P rfrnrffPffiffPffi

'»!! rrf r •

i „ • r=» crffitEfr^pnIVi a

2E jip^ 0.0 - i »j^jjprrrrr^

S»fiM. £ :=£fcf

'

mmmmmmrrrfrrrr ir'rrrrrrr 1

1^ J rr^(i)

- LLIJ o " Y-IZtiWff iM-f- .f-f-^r 1 *-'te0—0-0mmT-?*

1

>Jfc

- r,«i M

it-^2-• %%•- 0-4

THfffTIffl

i:t:

-<&—UJJ —*--* 4*4* -I-

(1) o 3 * 4»~m^± * 1

r»-i-J J-

SeTcik, Op. U-X

Page 174: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

*=^p5 m i rr^r i ^ tf

i

jjT^ p i ff: #9-

free #*.*.£££i1*F#

(i)-

I r r rr i

rrrfrr

|

rfigi.~^f [T J

' £

ffffffiffff ppgfi .

p.jj,

i i rffrfffi|teW(!)

*"T?-8:^0-

&Er

i^rcrrrirrir^ri^j^iiTJ] i rrpriiafr: iTJ Ie • m

# fr-#-fr-#-e^fr ^rrfrffrf i ffPi

ff 2-

tTr i flfffE 1 HI"5T-

•rcfPPr i!Ff^r„rfW

|

!fr rrf |

rf m _• ?

Pfe^^^

£ ££**£ritTrtff i

Eff^b ^^^ aIVi—

V'|;tt J7P • „ » • • mrrfrw ff£f ffifcff iffrrrrf

T*a^-*

£

Sevfik, Op. 11-X

Page 175: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

if ~m

,r»i*^T^. i1

1 1 1 ,-f .r:~r mm

2\ w i i*i"ci* ^Cs £f c_—= rF

iH £*jjfCfFiJJ

Jcr

J id,

r£iNi

EE*!g

*f^

# pJFfffitfff,

F=F*

§P J?r .Q, I. rrf^-3 «Si ^HlH¥in2

*BEpE» V i gml» . «

rcr£tff i

g£isi--#

tt rffffffi i* *f „ I2ij7i\..rlrf\

m mi0 Tf^(D-

^_ _^_l i

U=z*

^££f:^ J3f^ "'iffy jl_ i »

t±-^

rtrr i tff IffP 8 8 j 5

EffC£rJJ]liNo. 6 follows

.

/bfetf No. 6.

A continuer avecleNa6.

Sevfik, Op. 11-X l l

Page 176: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

22

The chord of the dominant seventh

in the

7th Position.

6Dsr Dominant-Septimetiakkord in

der7. Lage.

L'accord de septieme de dominante a.

la

7me Position.

fa frrfrfff|ffi!f!f|

ffrfrrrr p==p ^gg

fefc iIV

an1»1» #-#

*"*£#f*^ 1-

mgmmmk ^fffff . rfff

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 177: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

'- :=&*£:£23

&\ntffff}\tIfrtirj \ JTJ3 »j«OE i^^

* fgtftrfrr^fr r r n r? Hi(D-

£JJ^ • ^ « # „ » * j££r^ » a » >M^»r * i .gj» -» p,[ gg^ .

£dv o 1- V *

fffm M.0. * *^tJlI m m» rrF»»-

iP

Sevfik, Op. !t-X

Page 178: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

TV / "~^-m- -m- .».ft.*ft:

—ft:

-ft .» i^

§2—4-4-i

QxT^-^ '

' ,

J L '

^i#£#"£

i

fffffrfrirTrrrTrr

i r r r r rZ?r ^frr^rrs-ftTftl fttfftj^i^ff:

jrft-rftfPr|tfrftt|!!!fff!f|^fgh^r^

i i

2p

M- M- *--

§g(0- op O

ftft? ft:*:* :*:*-i« ^ i

» ili§

E^o 2

** **£ *f fff i r-fffrr i Fgg m

&Z =f£i*= 3

IV3

rcfifrfrffffi il£#£*

9- *- £*- *- m *

t>"|j ft ^ J ^ i1^*#-=-#— • •

F 4• *. 4

ffi gg^fff# „ • erf

iEff tr• ' — ^ wmp- ~

m • d-0

o>--0-0o

1 000* oo o

m-*- *# *#£ *£-5T=

-**#-£ ###•

PSfa^ ^fegS ^

AgAi-f F~E=f-ffgff0m

I r f^1 V

1

* ft.mmn^ ^^ §eSevCik, Op. 11-X

Page 179: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

m ff^f.lfPffr . frftrtMZ^l—TX

cWciff

1

*

i V^Ti»fH-.Ff-mmLOfl''-l

*#£»b* g ifV,

ffffi

rfffrri rrrrrri^r^Ji^W i

Fffff ^¥j£^ r7rfrtr i

rfrffei..«f*f

*

t*£*Zi

Hiwi+w+wra=s=f2= =iE=*

Ui J J Jl

»»l

» ^ *

1 1L i2-

P

i^jEg H§Hl rfrr i rfftffmm ±M

mm f##^rfffrn,.r£ rfftf|

!fffttETtJ-1P IK*

w(D-

Sevdik, Op. ll-X

Page 180: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

26

The chord of the dominant seventh

in arpeggios through the circle of

fifths, in the 1st-8th position, withvarious kinds of bowing.

,1

7Arpeggierter Dominant-Septimenak-

kord (lurch den Quintenkreis in der 1-

8. Lage, mit Stticharten.

L'accord de septieme de dcminante

en arpfeges parcourant l'echelle des

quintes, a lalre-8me position, avee

variantes du coup d'archet.

M.spiecato

V.-ii i __, , . . . . ' I

l.Pos. Jff Ai.pos. ^ a

pfegji vJfWhr n^ffejj I'rrrrfrnw^jjjcnm*mim

*M«^^^mw^uiim nij^o-e>-

2.Pos.

ffi§•&#*w2.POS

i aff'fl^jjjqir ir^^

jTi'i

^jjjTTifrtfW'r i.fpij nrfi1 tjjj nqiTi

SevJik, Op. 11-X

Page 181: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

3-Pos.3-Lage.3-Pos.

*&37

^Jflrcmgrft^*e

iffiTr^ffl ££ H. ^Wnrfi^ 17

b*^^ a**t*

4. Pos- V A4-Lage-4. Pos.

!Vrf^jTnrrr i

W^j^rriTirrEr Pgpp^i

wfMJflJP i

flfif% i

JBp]^dlfitQlr^ s§ i^*¥^

.f flff ll.»l£

t| IHrr^rrlf i frfri^jjJJrrCTW^ o-o-

5. Pos.5.La™e.5. Pos.

frrto jffli rrf ifftr^,

jm, rrffrft^ ^sgj

/f^.i,jq-n.rrrfff^r efe

TOtcOrffff

i

m»fiCj

.,l

p^fri

^^,^,^rrrfi

^r^i

pnirrf|frr"i^LlJj*!

te =4

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 182: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

fe

*m>b, it

yfffri^nrn

Jfttflfrff

|

Wk jm irrfr ,

7. Pos.

7. Pol. »p a* 'm msmmmmm gpm#e

»„ ^»

frtTiN, „j rffP

i

PFTr^V

^grfff FWa? g-^p&.

to* hil>*itteu

:

teh sp•#££&

lisupiit^•i.,»^^P

te*

feH^IPiir,

ffffifr ^PrrfF ifrmr riff^m :-- tx.

») 8. Pos.*)8.Lage. (K o») R Pos. gP a

bl

fttr,„,„,-rf^ lfrff ^ g ftft

rr CfffifWr'r^Tf^££

^g^ "pttfte rffSsu.

*' With the fingering of the 1st position.

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Avec le doigte de la Ire position.

Page 183: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The chord of the dominant seventh

in arpeggios through the circle of

fifths, in the lst-7th position, in a-

bridged form.

8.Arpeggiettet Dominant'-Septimenak-

kotd dutch den Quintenkteis in det 1-

7. Lage in verkiirztet Form.

39

L'accord de septieme de dominante

en arpeges parcourant l'echelle des

quintes a lalre-7me position en

forme abregee.

1. Pos.l.Lage.l.Pos

rrrr/rn iiT^ rr J J^U7> seVp-

*~^?

2. Pos.2. Lage2.Pos.

^^ 'iJ^C cfrto^^ ij7 jtf it&r^ i^r^*

S.Pns. —&- "If «-*-*~~» : TtPej^r i *f pi'f JT"r '

i J L J—*|

'1

t

3.Ltigti. -f>fe-R

3. Pos. g)J — -• -'

'

]J ^ #_*J^—LI 1—

'

!

j!tC, V-TO li>A

l

l&tef '

|

l ^ij3iJ^rr-i.nn.^f t(rif

l

ftlfii,JTT- |MPfijOTi

,

rrirrnjil

u uj,i'Li^ir!Li JMjiii-rrJ

iihfi*

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 184: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

j^r'rtf ifrYriflTliEffiJr'T» :t $- mur^N^^

5. Pos.#

% Lage. (fo V5. Pos. W

J»g bft^

fCrr i'^ i.ffl' im iT^'f-TO ^j

^ «tefff i ftff i r

6. Pos.e.Lage. ife=K6. Pos.

#rf *fefe

f^ft^^T^fem^ S TrTfI'Pfrr.^ i

7. Pos.I.Lage. ~(fa C7. Pos. vy

M £ fib

rffMTfr LiiTwr— iii[IIPcID

¥twSvfe m#frte^aayg

Ife.,e§^^

S ^te ¥#l r- m* iC£xj. i Lcrr

rui^^PSevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 185: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

9 "(2)

Dissonant chords.

The chord of the diminished sev-

enth in the 2nd-7th position.

Dissonierende Akkorde.Der verminderte Septimenakkord in

der 2.-7. Lage.

The chord of the diminished seventh:

Der verminderte Septimenakkord: P |

L'accord de septieme diminue'e: «Pj}

.

31

Accords dissonants.

L'accord de septieme diminuee a la

2me-7me position.

2.POS.2- Lage.2. POS. si ' u^ijjj i^JiJAjjjWJ J JiUi

l

i i^;wf d3 7^2

«-«-«-a-« -lJ §3dj 1 r 1 H J J!?* ^P ^^JJl I I I l J l j^^zBJi J * 'J ] pjI

*) No. 9 is to be taken before No. 2 so as to alter-

nate with the chord of the dominant seventh.

Sevcik,Op. 11-

X

*) JVo. 9 ist vor No. 2 uorzune/onen ion /nit cle/n

Dominant-Septimenakkord abzuweehscln.

*LeXo. 9 devrait etre etadie' avant le No.3 pour alter-

ner avgc l'accord de septieme de dominante.

Page 186: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

33

3. Pos.

l l

l I** l& eS.Lage. (fo C^^ =[* $if3. Pos ji* (K^ * s itK *+y+** t*sr*

if3 £*-

P^g^ *=«=# i'jl^ ^J '

frl

• *-= **=*

7? i OT3 J7T3 i >r3 TO p i^gi J jJ^ jnis 1*

mi't McW: i^-urij ^p&^i i

rT^ F J^rJ^ a i

o o ' o (5'

2 l- I W-

3 13 m1

1

>LC r^nr^ujcri

1 4

*r i

i-T tfr jv.p

0-0-

f p f m^ m

^ijJJe^jl fflFfflfurr-frrrrT i

grpgrfi-nr* 4 * » 1*

^^*u I irtF

g .

2 2 a °o II

' I a-0- & —W*-9-0-

Sevcik, Op. U-Xr

Page 187: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

33

4.Pos. ri I

if=j=f I ^ [,«| J

i i^ SeI.iflg-e. ffls C

ft m4. Pos. -*—<sf •—>—

#

1.

w.f ^

fr i n" i

r i ri

i tyi fi rTV iTrfrrrirf rfofffffl

I 1 o I o 1 I' — o L ' P U 1 >11 1 1

,1 rrb

rtf

^

icr^ff i

frf*ffi

^f^tJ T^ ——

"

=— > > > :s- 1.

3 1 § 4 21 3 1

gg 3-r¥"g£ go«i

ififry P , ff»mt t&M \A££ £at £ ^^•—

/i o j 3 1. vM1

1

1

j 2

2 S— 1 i

H J j*IP

• »» r #

^BP > P

^^ £ f77»p f> rP7> ^ f>,

j? rTTT fH 7 ^ ^s

ftlffffff .yMffrtc ir?f

ir?iif J Trr ^

J IIi '1 I Up jgt*te £:ai i =P=« ^ f^jjj¥1 •*• *

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 188: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

34

5.Pos.5-Lage-5. POS- l"/JV &y—g: 1^

1

ij LJ^JCTP^iitfJjJlfjTfN

c/ ' - —^ ^?^ jn

* *

i jj^i^j ^g n=—=ncz

^zf

*p.p ,*ptee :z ^JBUE te£f ,ffflfeg£|

i.

3

si fisj .th- r i ca p p aa » < i <Q f i r p> c g& £*^

1 frV I gff #£P §§U iy *rf ill f i

frrN^ivM I a a I .1 I

£ j eJUc^iiPfc;fr—t

±j± t=*# » ,x_y —*

Si«=«=£ =¥=Ji ii &

o 4

Sevclk, Op. 11-

X

Page 189: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

35

6.Pos. JJ ..

6. Laze- /Ss C

IV2

tiji e e iiJ

iJTP g g r ij i fTf^T]^!

I I jp =^ ~> jb —= f^z:6-Pos.

i pi h r r ^^ IS f *

fe3fe

E 1IP Ht * f

o

A

i 4g:=fci fftefem t^wffrf . r'fff

^—

r

» p ri Lr r "c_f r \fj \ \r ^te * p p I jtig sO 1-

J I j^ j_jj_Ufiir rf [rTffrr^ 1^1*n

*fff , f¥rf ^•i^.«r

*r If *

=S• m •

w-

IV2

I r f i «_e^^ ]—p- n^f=

»—

1

»k~~ b<rT,p

|

ffTM^£ = ££ ?^

ffff ftf

f

i

fffmr r i r>lE j i \*m : -to

£a=

te 1 £ «21 ^

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 190: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

36

7. Pos.7. Lage.1- Pos.

l. l

_8, 1

3E— i

»"lVt- — I 'IF

1 8.

m c> if—r—I 5, £P^fe-^ff7"f^ »

i

i IV^ If- ^ P m P m I

r"rrr rrrr l

• „ *rrfr i

TTfrfff-fnf ggiEpfpf jtr^f^.mffTff.rT

jg r r r r t>4 S-

IV1

#f^f c rrb

ff ."rfff#U-* » #£f £* g£i

fe £

Ofyrpfp.ho^ fe*=eIr P f b #—

J:g C f I If

MJ1bill£ b£|f>No. 2 follows.

fff= , bp I FoIgtNo. 2.

I

*|

J A controlleruer avecle No. 3.

Sevcik, Op. 11-

X

Page 191: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10(3)37

The chord of the diminished seventh:

Der verminderte Septimenakkord:

L'accord de sepfieme diminue'e: $2. Pos.

2. Laze-2. Tos. -fr *'* **"

I

^ o o —^ — ISa y' ii[

fepp ^ J^^'Ji#-#

£ £2

1 1

m ^ir^Jljrrjl Jj n ljJJ l l 'J^liTrri

itrfrrrfri

rftff=*efe=ff< * F mff£ S r=rI#- » g *&*-+4 g g ^3

4—^3

3E

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

j; f i

#«f g j H »j Nj 3 '*—

*

Page 192: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

38

3. Pos.

3. POS. 4 m 6 ^-tro p o ~-

1 1 m e ijrnm tttr^LLUlLm

4 rC; J ^r^r * \f i fffyO 2

BiSi

^*Pr fri

• ? • » •r r r ^J J J^jjjj;-n

(D-

1 i

^jj^firr'Tfffifi^w-f-r»-ZJ^ r _ a. i ^

2 1

JH 'J JII J

4

t7 »

<»-F

*>fLrr ff J i ,

j

«

4 ^. ^^L ,4

*§^ #-|»

v~\u^p=±=^1

^ ^j JJJJ u^r J^f icxrf ifH?

i m *^~ a e fi

i£ pf^«•—

&

#* /Jp

?

Sevcii, Op. 11-

X

Page 193: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

39

4. Pos. —fa4.Lage. f&y U4. Pos. =?f

ei=i i ir °

\

if f

^23^ jjg^P4 4

P IJ^^J

^ frl i Trrfffff i^r^f^r?\f&^ i 1 i

a)

i £(2. 1= :_ j2— »

s- HHHSevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 194: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

40

5. Pos.

mo ll_

S.Zage.(fo V,

| gEjfo- ll

-*=« i wm& ms3fc 'i» * a5. Pos. V " «

1 1

£ m -4 4.

^=f#J ijJjtJ JJ J^ mr=r=rt ffinrmH

$M w>r r TF i

ffr f»*-» -•— z* w*f~~rmo

rj?r"rffi!£Q2 3.

3.

i

i

^mrap» j #

aH ?f * »•i

ii.

-&—o o

eT t

' ' '

L » m rrjr,^rTr:- A

Hi*==*==*=5^• r *

i^ g ,/

IV

i JT3J m"P |JHJ-^ d J *=*S S-»d-"!

* #

f|

ffff ffffl ^f* £ * *

cirr as

y^T'tt r p-r^4it_*

j (jjihqsi^M

i i £i*e ££ *

fe **# it i i J

^Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 195: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

41

6. Pos-

IV ii i

Lege,(fo C » J £

\D la r 'iLlt [jj^ p*=* ^^

6. Pos. * «r-o o

Oj uP1 ?1

ftV'rrn ^m^T»

m f f

ippitf |«fTft frff

|

«frrf

te

ffff ffff|

fr»r f frrf \fr*rt ^rp, f

W=H=i

W

** ** p .f i«f t € 1 1

o oSevcik. Op. 11 -X

fiK^£*«?:I f3£

o o

Page 196: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

42

7. Pos.¥ 1 P-

ZLage.(fo

1«,

7. Pos. lr£^f#

l 1 i

ill:S»T ' =

I=mm a

• BF. _»£^PS 1—

S

1

.z := pteE#a

E& jg

ttrff ff FFf |tfrrff ff fp=r^^

jjrffLfr.

a# m.

'- -0-9-

0-0 I 0-0 0,000- 0-*-

mtfr^m0—00-0 n0-0 -a O-

T^ zr4

«_ m 2M.S ^ * A

£—-0

£

if7f>i«rfrffff^| fpf

# - #-ttff

i» - » i -*-=»H H r

~0 *T2o o

0- ~ 0-

»fif^P . fffy^rf>

|rt

r

U)-

i w g

i

i —

g

• 1*

CI I | gj g I g~g a i

f f fff>«r r

|

r>ttF F * mof i d ro o

St(Iff tfe

£ PFifff \K * i

Sevcik, Op. 11-

X

i—d

L-i—» ~<s77

o o

I-

No. 3 follows.

A. continuer avec le No.3

Page 197: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

11.43

The chord of the diminished seventh:

Der verminderte Septimenakkord: J? hi

2. POS.3. Lage.2. Pos.

L' accord de septieme diminueei

1 I

ac J l;J^J J I \m w g=TS "r » r—

F

$^*o 1

tt"«j> i i ijTJ ttJ ^ ? pw^s s ' U "Am

^rfrf p^f r .ytf * r• F F Z~|T

J ^ J * J ^^£ ?3^ J ^io o

J I.J J. J t l*T«J I

j|J J «

± * " « )

Jf.r tfrT7>i ^r f f f r f f r

1

1.i_ i 2

3 ^-~4 £j^^ a $• r" r" 9 1*" f" n

1

gr PF— »—

J < ' \}01

feeP«** pr7J

i

,

j'rnitnrcnT |Crl

rrj l rr,irr;E 9* f *33

T'T-TO i mJJ

31 1 . . T 1 HI ll.tr — -"fIt ,

[|Q;f^f y \>*ft>..pfr*.* iT-i

*" t »—

i

l 'jjft>^ Ji'[xrr^ m l^» 1

LIJ ' Ij^T-g

i j :=LfcL£Vg-rff1i®- l-F" o

;F i dzcrpO Oi «

f 'ff tut ii

biofl-^ ajjjj

Fflf™~»i i^iH**

;f v

Sevcik, Op. 11-

X

Page 198: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

44

3. Pos. Q3-Lage. (L (»

3. Pos. W mmn^r-T

~^J \,l_J J I JT3 tiJ jE=jN

' i * j^«

i.'3~

1 3.

I, 3"

H P " « bJ |w b

i i oi i.mTi s

gp bS y ^^i*is:

1^? \W 'U fl wf #*E§ p» g

£!«!1 3.

i T

O 2 o

1

L— 1

«\ f^f p7> r fffrff rf r ' piil

;* ^0^0m^r r i .y f i _ 't t r r

o 2 o1

w ^£

#-T»

14

1

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 199: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

45

4. Pos.

4. Lage.4. Pos. ^^ ^E ^t

$'> I

I. J tt

J J J J J J, ms. *- M=vS

s ^_* U lt

1 1

J*"' bJ tr J I bJ * '

flj*w?^

1 1

I ,1.—. 1

i.P j ftr> f r rfLLTfl^J

.

frfftrM'-eSfT^ i

1'^!

a 1.

2^W II - E =£1.3

sb ffr i# 1*

2.

3

*i "r »

i

1«HJ t p— o-

1IH a I fjt«o 1 1

Trf

i

"j»r

be

*f=H^b* * fi%

f 3—

t

»r rf rffi»r=M =

f rff £ F 1*£ 3 3

§£=£=1gJnJ W J E

«=e

(i)-

i^i^ij^i i

f-f'TfTrJfiftrftr-^l SiE^S

k—

e

* g

e bi n« i rr r r It" '» JI;

«=JF5

Sevgik, Op. 11-X

Page 200: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

46

5. Pos.

m2_

B. Lage. (fo 1!

5. Pos. gf O I (oK 'TT7 • - nr*# © ' 9I P P 1 f P g ^Q^*m m rt-

i.

3.

fc* jfeg r fe 3^^gUi 3rpc a a 47^

° 1

iP^i i iiJJr'Tr^ itf'^'n , rdY '

iiLdir'r ^YfriT ifflr'frri'

ff . .f ttp i H ,

Ug: \?& » Ut&#ft'trrp tej

biT**^ tefeSI

1 -~i3 1^

*r r !/7 i^r rf Lf r itJ

b:£l

3. -~ 1

3 1MM te

^gi>3 Uj/-j 3 £ m 2WZ \,fTffftrTr i

ffrfteB

^ te te b*

b£te tefe i ttffe

^,jjjrf^j^|

|

jT?JrffTifT

rfr IS

teb*

5=2=bJj* !>bJ I

'

It!!»<9 L^*

o I

IV

5 aJpljl

JOTJJJ3 t i-^U J «=«

r i u J bJ m^^E42

b^

wte

fff^rffifft'r^ifr¥Tt I i»-y rprg- 'T P C^ffmw^^

iSz= tern*fc

#£ £bft bft ftfe fe

a

j te=g jipi90—& a

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 201: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

6. Pos.6. Lage.

(fo i« d6. Pos. I

ni

§ « i rj w ii. \=m%m777-

1 147

^ U& lielfjS;* i t atzza=^z

!?« W-

hi

rrf i*f r f §£i*

»

m:* *

w=(0-

O I'l 3 3

ifjJ J

r cl^-r#f*—

#

ff f *Fi *P fpf tr

i »r e 'r ^2E

* te^i*rf£

=

i

fTf r-* >p - \

i% i. ttsfe

*ffj-i> fnr i*r r l>T>fE^J-^rr''g IrllTZ rirf i

tfJl»j> Jp cxr

t*

ff if !ff^|

lf/f rr »r„c i't1»-F

rjrjg i

J-J nJJJ-Qf

|o lo T* ' T^P #fe^-^

?* £ te £

i i zsz:221

^Pz:

€-< lO O

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

O <o

Page 202: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

48

7. Fos.

7. Lage.7. Pos.

II1

ml*i*~i 1*14* fig

rrf'T>r> iT'rr ;

-N ~N <^ *^*fi* ^ ft:"^frfr iffrf rf ff .f fr

te £ fi £ fife£*Sl£ ftp

1 1 1 Mr f7 1 r^T~n*

"ST

iii fe 1.. fe i

v if i f j. i2*1

o 1

Ui*

2.

3

I.

3

O 2

rtr^r i't fT*rr^ Pip rfg*p##

1***4 £§ttf!**i^S» * *

3 2

tffe _ £ ft b*

ffrpT f^ff f^ ff

| || rry*rt£feeife £te^

fflrir^PSIV

Llf'T Lf ffrff |

fTJ_. fi ui * fi ft

^J ^v

o 2

= £ ttfi 4 £ fi fi fi ' ^fT* ^ 4 ^T- —n

| F f r f rfff|

ti.f f fa *r ir r *r

fr.

r j r r

#

p- m II I I I I I I

I

—^Acontinuer awe le No.

Sevcik, Op. 11-X

Page 203: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12. 49

The chord of the diminished seventh: i

Der verminderte Septimenakkord: a t " \\-

L' accord de septieme diminuee: «

2. Pos.2.Lagc.2. Pos.

SEES1 *br i I i i»J i J ^ «^^ 3 i¥=^

— —*-d m

1-3il lL. -J

l 3-

l

nj_^in si:r r ' jwi ^ ^ j j i/i

o, II °i .

' I \>r-

'r i X z Tin ^iS W 1

ggij^t ii: ah~ J w- yv?- ^i*I 13 o 1

° o

1

I 2jC £± i^ ^ezzl ^M am :~ m - J P ,^ ,)

IPs m ' mUJ 'LLEo i o 1-

S &ij s

i q a

r: M irr i"rfr,7'r itTrV^^ n.*±ff

£^ff

rj_f T r r £ l;» *iLLiJr *

i ^mxi#—

mO 1- 030

m\>, -a

-0 -0 2

3

Tr=T^ if ff^

V U JJtJ ^ r T :

^ H>t>#

1 r

zfrfftf},

u^JJ_j,

J JjJ JJ luh^JJ J J J^P

("

1 1 1 1

1

. 1 i 1 1 j~m 1 .irT> br> r~r 1 ''rrTr fr ff:

ji 1 j i

lJJ jj ^-'-'"'"-Hf t rr '

Mr 1 ^

e"Kf r t r? I'Fli . t

Clt p 'mju j Jjj j i1

i a i^H i ^riff'f i fff if^i^^^Sevcik, Op. 11 -X

Page 204: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

50

3. Pos.Lage. (h\ C_

3. POS

o o.

c-g * l b>(

i

' i^j m\> ' ' L-—0-<0 J 1

1. 1A3 =- 1— m l.o

s.

3

|

~U J

^~1

1,0

1 H

bJ (q)* 00* \ V0 M bJ * ks i 1

1 +=l<j V W ^* -^ 1 " ' "T !/• ^L 1

m *-± V t*_Jb» p »r &e

^ ^ 2B ^

, . .LTEyNa I P» ' «_» »S 1 2

1. i 8.

3 T 3

rijjf .

i

T^f trr i^fff ffir lPr'Trfr r r i ffi'rf 1^i

0-&L:2L

± V mCJ ' ^il^i^J JJ.

i ^ ^^^a clo -S>-

•—^—» = 0-

l4i*

ss• _ # rrrfrfr i

f ^^^frfrs=*

r r r fYf^ • - g0 = 0-

o o l \>m rf- rA fcf

Lj' \ iJti \ Ml'\20=rr r itwm

Sevcik, Op. 11 -X

Page 205: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

51

4.Pos.i.Lage. (fo K*< m [J Ipejyige

i.Pos.

*; J A|

=F=l« J « # ' * =*: &IS

^wjJ3 ^TTj i jj J O j ijTO£*=

P^3.

i crif i^irfe£

HP^>

d"r'JT icxXJi . T » *—

i.

# i mt» f g r^

o i o 3

jVc^i fiffrfi^f fcfrf iflFffrf

i^h'pi

te^i #± 1 g^ ^ 4 ,3M^£^ f

f

J\>i KfiUAf^ ^J I r r r r le

lo — —^—J l

Tpr-^^-y frrr . rfff f|H* ' if *r

i

?Wf rff >rrr|

Vfrr g» r *

s • - • s * ^ «g « u^-*(0-

#^^

^ JJiJi^i 1^ 0-^ ftff ft'f

*^ E f^f ..£1*1? .(£?i frf 'f ifff ^^Nps^S£* z:

Sevcik,Op. 11-X

Page 206: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

52

5. POS5. Laze, ffls 13

m2

P^l J kJ Jii > i £=M>Pos. •—

s

1

f,0 j ^ju j r'Tr^ i

gA fr 'r 1 fr'r;

)iJ'fr fffffrrVrffa

act

op*E -i» ^k

rrri3f'f frffifiM^ E 2JCW*H§

iA ^14 .!« ^ M^*^%i l

f^ _^£^if FT |f Tf

i

ff F ,f

f

fTTf Pr |F Ffrffff

,

"O Q I 1

i-4

g^4

i

4

^ ^^l?#

Sevcik, Op. II -X

Page 207: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

6. PoS.

6. Lage.6. Pos-fe

mi

e 'i r ^ iS i

i

1'^^ Afe^gi

J£53

• »

iV > S - L" S

^rm r rZ*=

1 F5»» *I

WNn^rAj^^Pf*

I n r *iJ U*

r

bap,

o, pp p-

i f-f-pp1

, j—fe£'S 1? %'i be,*— -9-

wtz =*o 2-

b* * b£S^«>bfi>i l^*Wff .1^m^ ^i be h

fffriffTf fi

i?^^i~*^ *^*1 1

11"

'o 1*Sevcik, Op. 11 -X

Page 208: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

54

7. Pop.

7. Lage. (ffl C

1 jv2|£3=f3

» 4. « ^ ^SkT^r pb

r-p i

7. Pos.

^.££ *^

£te*ijfegfarrJlbJJr^^r i

:rftffirrf lr#fP^jf l

TLjijrH* ' 'In

birTjr,fn-rTrFf#k IV

Oj 2

r^f r r rr P

I

tit err^#= &* r? ?Tf^i . i_

fff ffftf i f t n§

Sevcik, Op. 11 -X

Page 209: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Abbreviations and Signs.

Designation of the Length of the

Bow by means of fractions:

Whole Bow.

Half Bow.

First Half.

Second Half.

One Third.

Two Thirds.

Firfct Third.

Second Third.

Third Third.

One Quarter.

Three Quarters.

i

I1

s1.

3

2.

31

3

3

3

1.

3

3.

3

3.

3

1

43

1

j. |. 1.1. First) second, Third, Fourth

Quarter.

^3-" Second and Third Quarters.

H Down-bow.

V Up-bow. 1)

- Broad Bow.

Short, detached (staccato),

hammered (martele)

.

" Springing, bounding,

(sautille; spiccato; saltato).

) Lift Bow.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) s)

1 First String, E.

H Second String, A.

HI Third String, D.

IV Fourth String, Q. 3)

o Open String.

Sul E,_on the E-string.

l First Finger remains on string.

• The little hook indicates which

finger is to remain on string.

M. Middle of the Bow.

T"r. At the Nut.

Sp. At the Point.

Abkurzungen und Zeichen.

Bezeichnung der Bogenlange durch

Bruchzahlen.

i

I

i

3

1.

3

3.

31

3

33

1.

3

3.

33.

3

1

4

34

1. 34 4

3. 3

4

n

)

/

i

n

mrv

o

Sul

l

M.

Fr.

Sp.

Ganzer Bogen.

Halber Bogen.

Erste Halfte.

Zweite Halfte.

Ein Brittel des Bogens.

Zivei Brittel den Bogens.

Erstes Brittel.

Zweites Brittel.

Brittes Brittel.

Ein Viertel den Bogens.

Brei Viertel des Bogens.

I'|" Erstes, zweites, dritfes, vier-

tes Viertel des Bogens.

' Zweites und drittes Viertel.

Herunte/sfrich

.

Hinaufstricfi

.

*)

Breit gestossen (gezogen).

Abgestossen, gehdmmert (martele

staccato).

Springend, geworfen (sautille;

spiccato)

.

Bogen heben.

Kunstpause (Buftpause) 2)

Erste Saite, E.

Zweite Saite, A.

Britte Saite, B.

Vierte Saite, G. 3)

Leere Saite.

E , Auf der E-Saite.

Biegenlassen des ersten Fingers.

Biegenlassen des Fingers aufwel-

chen das Hdkchen zeigt.

Mitte des Bogens.

Am, Frosch.

An der Spitze.

Abreviations et Signes.

Division de l'archet au moyen de

fractions

.

i

Ii

21.

3a.

31

3

35

l.

33.

3. 34

n

Tout l'archet.

Demi- archet.

Premiere moitie.

Seconde moitie.

Un tiers de l'archet.

Deux tiers de l'archet.

Premier tiers.

Deuxieme tiers.

Troisieme tiers.

Un quart de l'archet.

Trois quarts de l'archet.

I"|" Premier, deuxieme, troisieme,

quatrieme quart.

•' Deuxieme et troisieme quart.

Tirez

Poussez. 1)

Largement.

Bref, martele (staccato)

.

" SautiHe (spiccato).

) Levez l'archet.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) s)

I Premiere corde, Mi.

H Deuxieme corde, La.

HI Troisieme corde, Re.

IV Quatrieme corde, Sol. 3)

o Corde a vide.

Sul Mi,_ Sur le mi.

l Retenez le premier doigt sur la corde.

j Retenez le doigt indique par le

crochet.

M. Milieu de l'archet.

Fr. Au talon de l'archet.

Sp. A la pointe de l'archet.

1) Unless otherwise indicated, the first

measure begins at the nut.s) Lift Bow and make a brief rest.

3) No practising should be done on strings

not true in the fifths.

*) Ohne liezeiehnung der Sichtnng beginnt

der Anfangstakt iminer ctw Frosch.

) Bogen heben und /eurze J>aicse maehen.3) Attf nicht quintenreinen Saiten soil nicht

geifdt iverden.

-1) Paute d'indication speoiale on commence

la premiere mesure au talon.

*) Levez l'archet en faisant un bref silence.

3) On ne doit jouer que sur des eordes absolu-

ment justes.

Page 210: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

CONTENTS OFSCHOOL OF INTONATION

By OTAKAR SEVCIK

OPUS II

CLASSIFICATION OF THESUBJECT-MATTER.

Part I —Introduction to the 1st Position.

" Ila —1st Position. "I

" S* Zlsllolon: Supplementary*

" IV —1st Position. J

Part V—The rhythmic MajorScales from Parts Ila and lib.

Pieces (1st position, Grade I)

with piano. 2

" V —Introduction to the 2d-7th Posi-tion. Supplementary: Parts lib,

III and IV; also the 2d violin tothe 29 Duettinos from Parts I, Ilaand lib.

ViaVIb

—2d-7th Position. ) c„„„i.„.„ t,^_+-2d-7th Position. J

Supplementary*

f40 Bohemian Melodies in the 2d-

7th position.

" Vic —2d-7th Position. — 40 BohemianMelodies. Supplementary: Parts

Via and VIb." VII —2d-7th Position.—Supplementary:

Part XII (Introduction to Shift-

ing).

" VIII —2d-7th Position.

" IX —2d-7th Position."!" X —2d-7th Position. } Supplementary!" XI —2d-7th Position. J

§Part XII—The 2d violin to the 40Bohemian Melodies (Part Vic).

—W. A. Mozart, Sonatas for vio-

lin and piano, No. 4, 7, and others.

" XIIs —2d-7th Position.—Introduction toShifting. Supplementary: Sonatasof W. A. Mozart, Nos. 4, 7, andothers.

" XIII*—Transitional Tone used in Shift-

ing—Diatonic Scales in a Varietyof Forms through 3 Octaves.Supplementary: Concert-studies:Rode, Concerto No. 6; Viotti,

Concerto No. 23; Pieces fromGrade III.

XIV -Intonation of Double Stops. Sup-plementary: Continuation of Con-cert-studies and Pieces fromGrades III and IV.

1 Because the sense of rhythm varies in indi-

viduals, the exercises in Parts Ila and lib maybe studied independently, without keeping pacewith the parallel exercises for the left hand.In this case the omission of these exercises in

bowing must be made up in the followingParts.

2 It is of great importance for the beginner to

play frequently with piano accompaniment.The difference in tone-color between the violin

and the piano, the harmonic structure of themusic, the fine nuances in the piano-part, all

tend to guide, even urge, the beginner towardpure intoration, proper crescendos and decres-

cendos, and correct accentuation. Thus he is

almost compelled to produce a more beautifultone and to render the music with taste. Forthese reasons he may study, even at an earlystage, in connection with Parts II-IV corre-spondingly easy pieces with piano accompani-ment.

3 To be studied concurrently with Parts Via,VIb, Vic and VII.

* To be studied concurrently with Parts VIII,IX, X and XI.

EINTEILUNG DESLEHRSTOFFES

Abteilung I —Einfiihrung in die erste Lage." Ila -— 1. Lage.

]" lib 1 — 1. Lage. I Nebenbei" III — 1. Lage.

Jvorzunehmen*

IV —1. Lage. J

*Abt. V—Die rhythmisierten Dur-Tonleitern aus Abt. Ila undlib.—Vortragsstiicke (1. Lage,

Stufe I) mit /Clavier.2

" V —Einfiihrung in die 2.-7. Lage.Dazu: Abt. lib. III und IP,sovoie die zvjeite Violinstimmezu den 29 Duettinen aus Abt. I,

Ila und lib.

" VA -£?: iZ. \«

t40 bohmische fVeisen in der2.-7. Lage.

" Vic —2.-7. Lage.—40 bohmische Wei-sen. Dazu : Abt. Via und VIb.

Ill —2.-7. Lage.—D azu: Abt. XII{Einfiihrung in den Lagenivech-sel).

VIII -7-2.-1. Lage.

IX —2.-7. Lage. \

X —2.-7. Lage. } Dazu%XI —2.-7. Lage. J

%Abt. XII—Die zvieite Violin-

stimme aus den 40 bohmischentVeisen (Abt. Vic).—W. A.Mozart, Sonaten fiir Violine

u. Klavier, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

" XIIs —2.-7. Lage.—Einfiihrung in denLagenwechsel. Dazu: Sonatenvon W . A. Mozart, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

" XIII* —Lagenverbindungston. Diaioni-sche Tonleitern in verschiedenerForm durch 3 Oktaven. DazuKonzertstudien: Rode, KonzertNr. 6; Viotti, Konzert Nr. 23und Vortragsstiicke aus der 3.'

Stufe.

" XIV —Intonieren der Doppelgriffe.Dazu: Fortsetzung der Konzert-studien und Vortragsstiicke ausder 3. und 4. Stufe.

ARRANGEMENT DESMATIERES.

1 Da die rhythmischen Anlagen nicht bei jeder-

mann die gleichen sind, konnen die rhythmischenUebungen aus Abt. Ha und lib selbstdndig vor-

genommen nuerden, ohne mit den gleichlaufen-

den Uebungen fiir die linke Hand gleichen Schritt

zu halten. In diesem Falle jedoch sind diese Bo-geniibungen bei den folgenden Abieilungen nachzu-

holen.

2 Haufiges Sptelen mit Klavier ist fiir den An-f'dnger von gr&sster (Vichtigkeit. Die Klangver-schiedenheit zwischen Geige und Klavier, die vollen

Harmonien des Stuckes, die feine Niiancierung in

der begleitenden Klavierstimme leiten und drdngenden Anf'dnger zum reinen Intonierent zum An-schwellen und Abschwdchen, zum Akzetituieren derTone. Er ivird geradezu gezvmngen den Tonschon zu bilden und das Musikstiick geschmackvollvorzutragen. Deshalb kann man schon neben Abt.

tl—IV entsprechend leichtere kleine Stiiche mitKlavier vornehmen.

3 Neben Abt. Via, VIb, Vic und VII vorzu-

nehmen.

* Neben Abt. VIII, IX, X und XI vorzune'hmen.

MatieresSupplemen-

taires.*

Partie I —Introduction a la premiere posi-

tion." Ila —Ire Position. ]

" lib1 —Ire Position. !

" III —Ire Position.|

" IV —Ire Position. J

*Partie V—Les Gammes majeuresrythmiques des Parties Ila et

lib.—Compositions (Ire posi-tion, Degre I) avec piano. 2

" V —Introduction a la 2me-7me Po-sition. Matieres supplemen-taires: Parties lib, III et IV;aussi le second violon des 29Duettini des Parties I, Ila et

lib.

" Via -2me-7me Position.L";*"" VIb -2me-7me Position.]

SuPP'r

e

emt

en"

+40 Melodies bohemiennes dansla 2me-7me position.

" Vic —2me-7me Position.—40 Melodiesbohemiennes. Matieres supplementaires: Parties Via et VIb.

" VII —2me-7me Position.—MatieresSupplementaires : Partie XII(Introduction au demanche).

" VIII —2me-7me Position." IX —2me-7me Positon. ] Matieres" X —2me-7me Positon. S Supplemen-" XI —2me-7me Positon. J taires.§

§Partie XII—Le second violondes 40 Melodies bohemiennes(Partie Vic).—W. A. Mozart,Senates pour violon et piano,Nos. 4, 7, etc.

" XII s —2me-7me Position.—Introduc-tion au demanche. Matieressupplementaires: W. A. Mo-zart, Sonates pour violon et

piano, Nos. 4, 7, etc." XIII4—Note de transition.—Gammes

diatoniques en diverses formesparcourant 3 octaves. Matieressupplementaires : £ t u d e s deConcert: Rode, Concert No. 6;Viotti, Concert No. 23; compo-sitions du degre III. .

" XIV —Intonation des doubles cordes.Matieres supplementaires: Con-tinuation des fitudes de Concertet compositions des degre s IIIet IV.

1 Le sens du rythme n'etant pas le meme cheztous les individus, il est possible d'etudier les

exercices rythmiques des Parties Ila et lib in-

dependamment, sans egard aux exercices paral-lels pour la main gauche. Dans ce cas il fautcompleter plus tard ces exercices d'archet pen-dant l'etude des parties suivantes.

2 Pour le commencant il est de la plus grandeimportance de jouer souvent avec accompagne-ment de piano. Le timbre different du violonet du piano, les accords pleins de la composi-tion les nuances de l'accompagnement, tout cela

conduit, et meme entraine l'eleve a une intona-

tion juste, a faire les crescendi et decrescendi, aobserver l'accentuation des notes. Tous ces

details le forcent a cultiver une belle sonOrite

et a interpreter les ceuvres avec gout. Pourcela il peut deja commencer l'etude de pieces

faciles avec piano conjointement aux exercices

des Parties II-IV.3 A etudier conjointement aux Parties Via,

VIb, Vic, VII.4 A etudier conjointement aux Parties VIII,

IX, X, XI.

Page 211: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

On an Harmonic Basis

for

ViolininXIV PARTS

by

Contents of

Book III*

OP. 11

INTERMEDIATE STUDIESFROM THE 2nd TO THE 7th POSITION

Price Each Part

$1.75

PART VII: CHROMATIC SHIFTING onone and on two Strings, with Controlling

Open String.—The Augmented Second.—Harmonic Minor Scales, with Bowing-Exer-cises for Detache,Leg<ito, Staccato andSpiccato.

PART VIII: CONSONANT CHORDS:Placing the Fingers for the Double-Stop of

' the Perfect Fifth, with Exercises for Bow-ing.—Preparation of the Double-Stop ofthe Perfect Fifth.—The Major and the MinorTriad in Double-Stops.—The BroJcen Triad

in various Keys, with Changes of Bowing.—DISSONANT CHORDS: The Diminish-

ed Triad, with Enharmonic Changes, in

Single Tones and Double-Stops.

PART IX: The Diminished Triad contin-

ued.—The AugmentedTriad in Single Tonesand Double Stops, with Exercises for

Fingering and Bowing.

PART X: The Chord of the Dominant Sev-

enth in all Keys.—The Chord of the Dom-inant Seventh in Arpeggios through the

Circle of Fifths in all Positions, with vari-

ous kinds of Bowing.—The Chord of the

Diminished Seventh in various Keys, with

Exercises for Fingering and Bowing.

PART XI: The Chord of the Diminished

Seventh continued.—Uniform Shifting of

Fingers on one String, with a Controlling

Open String.—The same on two Strings.

Shifting of the Double-Stops of the Dimin-

ished Fifth, the Diminished Seventh,the MinorThird and the Major Sixth, with a Controll-

ing Open String.—Exercises for Shifting

Positions and Finger-Exercises employing

different Combinations of Stops for the

Chord of the Diminished Seventh.—Stretch-

ing of Fingers.

Copyright—Property of the Publisher

HARMS, Incorporated62 WEST 45th STREET, NEW YORK

CHAPPELL &. CO., Ltd., LONDON, ENGLAND

Printed in 0. S. A.

Copyright, 1922, by Harms Inc.

j

AAAAAAf.^ ""»'"fft"tflAAAAAA.&AAAAAAKA5&

Page 212: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 213: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

^JTi^ ,3. i<jtr-u

nf*cr

PART XLDissonant Chords

in the 2id_?th Position.

Contents.

Continuation of the Chord of the di -

minished Seventh: Uniform shiftings

of the individual fingers on one string,

with a controlling open string._Uni-

form shiftings with two fingers on two

strings, with a controllingopen string.

Shiftings of the double-stops of the

diminished Fifth and the diminished

Seventh, the minor Third and the ma-

jor Sixth, with a controlling open

string.- Exercises for shifting posi-

tions and finger-exercises employing

different combinations of stops for the

chord of the diminished Seventh.

Stretching the 4th and 1st fingers.

ABTEILUNGXI.Dissonierende Akkorde

in der 2.-7. Lage.

Inhalt.

Fortsetzung des verminderten Sep-

timenakkordes: Oleichm'dssige Riik-

kungen der einzelnen Finger aufeiner Suite. _ Oleichmcissige Ruk-kungen mit zwei FingernuufzweiSaiten, mit kontrollierender leerer

Suite. -Ruckungen der Doppelgrij-

fe der verminderten Quinte und ver-

minderten Septime, der kleinenTerz

und grossen Sexte, mit kontrollie-

render leerer Suite.— Lugen-undFin-

geriibungen mit verschieden kom-binierten Oriffen des verminderten

Septimenukkordes . Ubergreifen des

4. und 1. Fingers.

1.

The chord of the diminished Seventh:Der verminderte Septimenakkord:L'accord de septieme diminuee:

PARTIE XI.

Accords dissonants

a la 2me_7me Position.

Table des Matieres.

Continuation de l'accord de septie -

me diminuee: Glissements unifor-

mes des doigts individuels surunecorde, avee controle d'une corde a

vide._ Glissements uniformes de.

deux doigts sur deux cordes, avee

controle d'une corde a vide Glis-

sements des doubles cordes de la

quinte diminuee et de la septiemediminuee, de la tierce mineure et de

la sixte majeure, avee controle dune

corde a vide. _ Exereices pour lede-

manche et pour les doigts avee dif-

ferents placements des doigts pour

l'accord de septieme diminuee. Ex-tension du 4 I?e et du l®r doigt.

m

Sevcib Op. 11. XI

Page 214: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

JMi ffrjWUJ^rir'.'^'^jijrTjii,^ 11 , »? ^

3.Pos.

3.Pos.S 3 1

a *-

B af r i*f ^ ) iii^gr- r i^ap^rOT^pP o '»

g r rrrrTr^xrg p p »-»-f|

#rfrrfr pfcff^1 21p=s

.L O 3 O 2 OOO

36sf£ *4

2. 1 1 1 S- 1 > I

2 Til 1 O

f

1

j 1 jgjjgiJJJJ £ ip^r^cSffrfr 1

f^fffrf

1

«=DK

O .1 *# 3

rrrnrndEfacr^fflJ igrfljUJ^ffrfffF%W^

O 1 3

^3^ W^JU^r^M

ff^ '

jtJ 1 'fi

fe*

£ o o o o

s5fm mm&O 1-

#"f. ri^f^

fa-p i

^orfrr-ffi Efrpffpf iQ?rfi^p i^p j jTpji

%J£p^^^fri^p if pup|

#J

rp3* *j 'jj^v ' ^#

Sevcib Op.U.XI

Page 215: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

i.Lage.Z&S fi Ml.Pos. tT rl*f

J~J J I ,tt

fJ

"flj fl

* ^#f^r mr*

jjjjj ^^EiJgrccrEri^cj^r^#2 3

o •— .,-—

3BY? .?

if r«r QJJifJ»r«prrIP 113 4

rr«rfr«f r J I # ** 8 8

gi^ fe£o o o O

m=& i i £ WtP=Wjh '

tf^ *W-i ' i

(D , :

• ulw m

rm01 i Vrr- #: *¥

t ii-rn*r*r„j i

j r rr

-j

gp t= S!i'ZJ" P

(1)-

^,jjf^rf|1

5

rfJr^3i|J Tj j j^f i /% r ftr i

te<gff.rf reft

iW r>? i«gtrP jtv^i

.Jnp ^ f>dJ «:

P P^ff-& "— J1-— > "»-if— — —

Je wmmwo o

Sevcik Op.ll. XI

Page 216: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

5.Pos. y5.Lage. (L {', BEgE

5.Pos. ^ I—|—

in o

1 3.

i 3

pifiiJiiiJ"rr)i||jj^g^*[Xf^i[jrj 1g i i *r r itJ"

o o

^ ^ * I*

».f»n«rftf i_«r r f fr if£

#* *£e i _ #e (tee— * -S- » » u-—^um

tH? TfffrIV

f tfr f r• 1 »

* * ==O 4

Sctclfige tteiel^r?rrfr?r|fTfffffP

|

TffJffff|

t£rfr»rTri

yir7r^

f1 pp#p*"Cf f I

JftJ] F#f r |Ht^» * „~ *

O 2

¥?rr£ CZ *frr itr»r „n; 1 tr#r **r i^PS *

**te^ 'fJs* felft?

«rr j i

^ffe „jgfe

S £a O 4

fegtf^j"* r ccr r »ccr

i»i»

£=fc=i4SI—'-*

itr r*r = Tf i flfff*te (*£*£ £ *£?#P ft Iff f

fiirffnrc

I Ccy«f tfrp i«f?»^

- -0-~9-1•-«2z:e

pp irpri?*1 «A

J

i*=

O 4 4 O

Sevcib Op.ll. XI

Page 217: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

6. Pos. -9—(>. Lage.6. Pos. -

l l

B Eg B #r e l#rrtiJljlJ^CgF l

ft

LC; ^ii ^§ -#r^

m o

O 1 jl^. 2 -—

.

#r ? i#

2.1 1

f*Ti*rf£ -•*'# *+• -9- +9-S- ft— —-- W=-

o o

*«« -W** :

igejw sea ftfcd*

«-jOe

pifM^

*j(i)-

1%f

i

Tfffr>O 3 m 3 fr^r(tr. r» i» frpfrfr

m d-drJ rJ

IV

fflfl£ffi

Trif£fffirfrfrvn- i^S

mm*

£f'i

u«rcniJ i

IKIH urtT iPirf ttrrf

SH^1 O O

m» w '^s*£sic fe fe ^.•Se

;rpr i;j«rrjTr

fJ#[Iir'iiJT '-iif

(i) O 3 1

M ^- .»-2 Tf._ 2_ E .0-

f

f

i

frr*f £fr f i

»Q«r f fi r f;

j? «r?¥ ; r?r ^ i ri Jc r-,j; i i i i¥. ifff i

*^

^

i

f f"F/ffpgg> uj

p

uji)3 i [£r r err r

n r r r ir r [

i i i r rn

1 O 3

wSevcikOp.U.XI

Page 218: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

7. Pos. Q7. Lage. =%5fr7. Pos. Sr

i ^. i. _^.->.

i te

#rr j i rj#r^^-j »jrf ijrr^^ tee

^#fl*^#^a gg#f gie g §

=&:= #£ #£ := ii

i«e #

rr J i Cf#e»el

^^^ s

* f r ^ r.rfrfT fff . TfffFffi^

IV

£#fi£ff el:Fff

i

fTfffrfivgg* #-th=

n r*r r *^T^*r #r r r ii ji r trf itr^r r I d^i life

o 1.

:fite e iff | *£*te i IfHftp=i ci*rhc]ifp

'{ ? zp «p ^ s«^ #*t

O 2 11

^ i fl i* u- iiN? 4. foil*

P==—= ffg I Folgtlfo*'

I-

I

I" Acontinm

N9 4. follows.

iuer avecleNo.4

Sevcik On.ll.XI

Page 219: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

2(4*)

The chord of the diminished seventh:Der verminderte Septimenakkord:I/accord de septieme diminuee: i*

2.pos.

1- 1

5 1

5^53

1

3 1 *

ryiJi

1 11j

1

1

1

1

tdT,^ ^=^f

jj^ffiv^ ijJ j) ijjiij,i3jafJr

1

tf>f^ irM^^r^ „, i r , < 3 o 00

3 U 3

b*- -I

2- -r«- V

§§#i3 1

J 3 #o o

*' N'.'4 is to be practised before N°3 in or-der to alternate with finger shifting.

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

*>N'.'iist vor N9 2 vorziine/imen 11m mit(ten FhtgerritcA'/tngen abztnvechseln.

*teN94 devrait etre etudie' avantle N9 3 pouriiiterner avee les exercices pour le glisse -

ment.

Page 220: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

3.Pos. -6

3.Pos. r5f JJlfljUj I jJJ | jggg3gf

*1.

3

^JJjf irrrJTjJ 111JJJ

rr Mptfrr 1rtrrfrr : J #— •*

' r 1

Frj fffrf fff?1tSfft-f?

1 rfrfr 1i

B#^ xrf r£fr T*-t7^m - m

IMiJ J] 1

J u D ' »Ju3 J J J J [j» l J>jj^JiJJJpj^piarf^jW-i:

i r^^ftf^ i^f^F i

^rp^rfi gr rft

>srirp crjf

C£;JC£f OS o o=e=

Sevoik Op.ll.XI

Page 221: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

4.Pos.4

'. Lage. (k (*,I I 4>

iJG2

1 3

i sBl\?J g

'" '-- §P** fJ I I J J *i—

*

4.Pos. ro o O 1

rfrffrr< r » 1 .. - ^^ ^ 0—0—1

?-=-*—\rd- m

W-

O . V0- _ ^ bl»- :

T r i rt s§ £ m0-0

e £ ^r

P^rtfi^ jrr.irff §r 1.

1

£ 5l on 1 or i

jr~rWfffi

rrrffffT|ffPf

f> JIJ[>

* 1 &.« :? t ^ »—

&

ts^mSF

Sevcik Op.U.XI

Page 222: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10

5.Pos. QS.Lage. fa (1

5.Pos. ST S=§3

i S

- IL£fMJJ jzf^M mo o

m ^ &—1- a_gg: . Vm mm-"^^E^ f^^

3.

prtrr1PV^ § b#

1^jj frY ffJf l ETfCfr

&• 1, •m m

1.

51 a o o

i

* ^ *

r c££ri cfcf E£ff1

£f£f fcff 'ftrfrrrr « m ' mp-^—p

^ r 1 r3 1 f .

:=e*til 3Pd P d _-d m

m trf i Efr tr; iMfmi^ ^

fefti ^ r,S mmu-cr 1^ p

^^ jff1ftfr r frf f

1ff? f fMM

ff fl-HOT l eg3*

I I #f^f Pr r r i ffr if cr 1

ccrfccr^ i crr^i £i **

.2.:- &v+ Wmim

o o

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 223: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

11

6.Pos. Q6.Lage.-&r{*r6.Pos. ^Y a

1.

1 3

SJ r£/f l Ci/'J73fl H-rgmas ^o o 1 1

=

ftr\

frr r n\\nrW \

ffftrr\mM

O 3_

r,.j^:f*-$m^1

1— 1.

Fi r

Tr rtr?rr i r^rcrf i

rr-fffT-ff|tifVtisrqi

tit^^i

^ff^ff g-^fff •, » pps

S¥ i ^il& 3

i .J^^j221

o O

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 224: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12

7. Lagey.Pos

fe££f-Efff'rf rrffr .trff ff £

#*iz := :=:= := ft * a := :=.^fPI>. A t>* * - *

fFff . ffff^frfi

i ',J7TJ gag J r r P f1 1 rglg frff£ff£££#-=—1» • m

N? 5. follows.

A eontinuciavecleNa5.

o o

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 225: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The chord of the diminished seventh: * ,

Der verminderte Septimenakkord: 5jpi=L'accord de septieme diminuee. ~W~~

13

2.Pos. QS.Lage. /£ («

2.Pos. W

L'accord de septieme diminuee.1 1

gp JJ^^f*-»<*

J J^Aij^ J^'jjd- IP! PZTP* *"•"* • •

J^J J J JJJ1§IP m*k -• F^f ^.

l>0 —. -,- frg # #

\T <» l»J J " J. F-g .

"' 0*z_Z^^ l ^~—l_-*» n • # gf

^p il^ ii jFb

fbMPPto » L- »(•-=-• 0-^-0-

ZTji^iJglJiiainnT ujrinrr^riTtrrrTip

CLTf^j l jJJJ^^Ji"L«U3 "3^ PpFp te SiffWHSevcik Op. li. XI

Page 226: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

14

3.Pob. Q

JJJjIJJJjJJ:=—. f LSJE .J *J»t» * '

*^ kj g? ^a3.pos. * f*

jjflffl^ i^te_J-. 1 o

yj ^m 1 y lk»r

P=* ^ gi S«—"-#

ju^ 1 1 ^f p 1 H g| 1

r gg § 1 ^i^p jH

^ kl k kffl ke.— — 3 o o 2 —- •—v _ "' bj£ &A 3 A If.- * o o :^ 1 o

ffTr , ^f?f^f r7 , ?ffM kik* "a * ^*

^if-rfTTfbf^ A#kl§

1 £

£/"R*i &*

— 1

i

3,

2

3 3

1 1 Q_

I rfrrfrTJJbrLT »mJ JH • 1 •» _ »^ •

•fffffrf* r i IS -&—re

iffU flr ,xp

1 ^m^^m

±F*i m Bz

\>£L \>M-

•— 5? i £*=$m &=*^-. 1

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 227: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

15

4.Pos. Q4 Lage. gk (!

4.Pos. -«T ^^brf»i b. Q.^r-

-tS1 "—#-i*rSJs ' cITlg&1 4 « SL I I

f=T»fWSs14 4 3.

31 1-

1

#=F i* iam $ami m ^077*

o o

0- \>&- L-. )?£.-&

J±z — o

2=•e^bibi O 1

1 1

1 1

£.¥>^^

o 1

Cfe k^i i I

1 3.

i 3

O 3 3 O - 3_

,"S£

h? k*

Ife!3 3

c/ J 1 J Jh

r EJ'^eM

k# # 3 3

^ I4 4

fel S F*J JJ J JO 3

# •

1 1

1 ^ i^ Jfrr^Pi

ffff fir^pi

r?^J 1'* j i- m1.

3.

* fe-**!>4S> b* £ £:

:sl

fff|

bpp Jn I I

«—# 6E^=? *w=e;

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 228: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

16

1. 3

3 4

5.Pos5. LageT&Pg^i ^ ^ 2- 3-

-4 2

3

4„ a. l.

N 4 i 5^^£ rs;5.Pos. r—

=

7

^^ feS^r ' cltrt ^ =3=3;^fcHSr j 'g£f

^ bA:2= g^

A «-* • ^ 'a ^ 2 ^»

:±\>,

*^f? r-r , r-rr^rf^

(fo[>• •~l •—w=—-—^--j ' i—» 1

1

3 2. 1 1.

2 i 2

ihi v3 4

ipt igM «—• &=& ^3.

3

^=3 «- «-#

k* ***YTrfffff . Tfffffrfr-i¥=0

m _._

3 1 jjj t# „

«

~

(1).

# M E^P-ft-ft -IS-

i

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 229: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

17

6.Pos.ff. Lage. (L («

IV2 , 2

IV4

*3 Sr S36.Pos. 1 3.

I 3

r °cj j m-cjt r^ s # #-

o o o o

3 V£ £ V n* 4^te

o O — pk*b£ — o

o o

— 3 O "—

1.

3 l_

^Vr V

m r I rrfj^ r f rI

W-

* k

g <r£ fi r J J £

k# bft — o •— i.;

i #—

#

rurrrrr 'm^0—^—3 b

*f *|*kji*# j,rli _ #ft ;==ft k* *ft # ft m.x *fff I f fff^g

S r 0/ r i^xlr r s^ rfrf m£ft£l* gf*£ k

^rfff_fbf i^ffxrr

* M I£ k£ k»

••—

&

i

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 230: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

18

7. Pos. -0—

7. Pos. vy

IV

l>» P u£ IFfr

£ ^^ _» a.

¥ *=^k± mmi i

i i

I

| jjfc/J i P't crri^f Crr i^7^i t

eS7S2f

bVT^l bj

!>» - » ;. ll>gpS ggj^W

*#*£*£* B^SS*•-=-*

"il^-4-8 3-

jps^ jj]P 1

jpijp Q^rf i ^£g•

»

MBffrfffff

-^ ££k 1 kf>#trrfLfr^

Effrf ffby-rgB s •I# y—y

cry h cir r 1

m=$*-*

ng. ^^Effis*t*.-^ k

e 1 T fr» .^ ~I1 N? 6 follows.bL "! G=\ Foist NV».

A eontinueravecleNo.6.

Sev^ik Op. 11.XI

Page 231: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

19

Uniform shiftingsof the chord of the

diminished seventh with one finger.

Shiftingsin minor thirds with one fin-

ger on a single string, with controll-

ing open string.

Oleichmassige R'dekungen des ver-

minderten Septimenakkordes mit

einem Finger.

4(2)Biickurtgen in kleinen Terzen mit

einem Finger a>/f einer Saite,mit

kont? oilierender leerer Saite.

Glissements uniformes de Paccori de

septieme diminuee au moyen d'un

doigt.

Glissements en tierces mineures au mo-

yen d'un doigt sur une corde, avec con-

trole d'une corde a vide.

frr frfTfff frfrtrr. r, ,

b

fff .'ffffff ,ff*rr

w1

^U i^i ^ JW^U " ll&lJ 'n^i J J JWJ3iIV3_

W0^ 0-03 U^^ JJJ I J *£0—0 000

IV IV4 1- 03 3 3, 3 3 33 IV

3, 3 3 3

rv4 4, -t

i4 ^s pp ge ^3i?o <spi

segue O 3

g=^ ro

i 4 fc§2 3<2_

4i :-3£2fell i

42 :- 42

£0-0-0 & s

seguev-^a

o op n » no o

1,1 1.1 O 3 3, 3 3, 3 O 3, 3 3 3 3

m4 4 4

Wf=ft fgf=t» f^f N^fw rarwIT

*<?,§•«<? m

^Mtrrr . ff . fur.iirg42 1- 42

3

ia£A 1^ |A ie 4i Ai

ISevcik Op.U.XI

segue

Page 232: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

30

m.

__, , .

1l

^ .I

1, .. I

3I

3 „ 3 3 3'

3' 3 3 &~ -33 4,4 it* Tg" iil .,4

]j,i

ju i

(

ji'

i,;,,.^ j i^«r i [*

')

if

)

f i»p*r i »p jp i»f %^3. iftrfF

segue

1

»r r r rrr*#e

o o

3

1

1 21 2 1 *e*l «e* i* «e*g «e* ids *gf «6ie

si

O segue O

n-.

WW

o o o o o

3"

3 3 O 4 j.4

#g up i j | uffi iip ; i .¥ i«r r fftf ii

1" ff T ff#0-0-0o

IV.1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 *

, 2 3 3 3 <». 3 3 3 44 * 4,4 44

32

segue

Shiftings with one finger alternatingwith the open string.

5(3)Ruckungen mit einetn -Finger, ab-wechselnd mit der leeren Saite.

w— rrw

N? 2 follows.Folgt N°k.

A coatinueraveclelfo.2

Glissements au moyen d'un doigt,alternant avee la corde a vide.

l.^^o o o o o o o o O -O o o

s^~- • -^ 1• 10- r.

1

•- 1

r> 1

•• 14 • b

*Y]&

y * m • * • • • • m m »l»

ffi L—L*-

o o o o o o o o^J

o o O o o

S /Ife * #f r f. ,T> frf

iirT rf r iO Tr T

o o o o o

n.

o o o o o o o o

__*W=^—W1 1

Eg-

dmw wo o o o o i7o ' 1 U-*

6

'„ O M o2lOI' I ° ° °

r Tnr i r fn if .fjif jf.fCS o o Q C* o o LJ ^O M* o o

o o

nr.s.

*==\ &S =9= * -=r= - m—.—FT^^Z^—l ff v_*—<v» *^/—0^—0— V_*—x^

*=f^

m.

o o o o o o

=fi 2^

o o o o o o o

"IV.

ss^5* ^ f^wfrff^p^•—'—#v « i

—v.* i—^ w~o o o o o o ^J

IV.

# JiJIJU pp s bj rs

,

i j , /]ii:;4;^

' ^^"^j^ ru^> *y* v* v

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 233: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

21

2. bb r r e a frTn

t

rr rTr i r^fTr i

trfif-

o o b a. o ib ^o o b b o c5 o o b o~11 3 I

pc—

y

n..

se/^ ir^OOO OO OOO OO o T

s~^^ O ' 5~ aaj • o ^^ oo o o

p jf .rji ¥J # « rTnr j f~r i j f.f j i fjf fw mO U o ^** o o U o U** O O "«. o u^ o o

O o O O O o o

m.

I s ^ fefe*—

-

-*T7"o

-^o o o o~" o o o

in.IV..

ipffppLr #w«y i~: f#_nrn:

O b"—"o

n.

O O" "o

pp iB«

X\

^ *n lht>^if rf-r i

Trt/r irTr^r rrfrT^n £ £^£

3.3^ OO OO OOO OO OOO OO

s * /"^j= N £\ ^ £ /£ n

urTrrni?;pt_ pi PP^POO O O OO OO O O O ' «»• O ' O ^ O 1^ oo o o

IT

» ^ p> rrnr i rT i i^r i

ifjfrfu^1^^ #6

^ ^§= §= g1O "^ O ^^ O O aaa,

1 O ^^ O O » O 6^ O OO o o o o o O

mn 3

m m ^w it jm ^

o oo1

1

m

O'3.

oF° ~o o OOO o o

# 7t» «h 1 /if *& Jru iv:.

? ^ > JI

'J V &^r*t4l4+wm*~~ *—V*

o ^J o O O OOO o o

IV

j ra1 1 j

i

ji JI i^ fp

^;i;i \^w ^^ iJ,J1 J I , itf ft , Itt

]wtrww?v3V*ViSeveik Op.ll. XI

Page 234: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

22

M i;O 3. O

§

QH^?i a if?f, fo1

4 1

S

o

II.

fcs> o o hh~~ g^

3 t-rj irjr.ru !*!=£ff fc* o o U3

-t* o o LJ

m..

3 ai ij i

j^ s= ^fe*

,^ ^S^

•re

r s-bFf5!N9 3 follows.

A continuer avec le N93.

P~?

Uniform shiftingsof the chord of the

diminished seventh with two fingers ontwo strings.

Shifting the ist_3nd}2n_d-3 r.d and 3^-4%

finger in diminished fifths with controll-

ing open string.

l

1. i

Gleichmiissige Riickungen des ver-

minderten Septimenakkordes mitzwei Fingern aufzwei Saiten.

6.Riickungen des 1.-3., 2r3. and 3.-4.

Fingers -.in verminderfen Quin-teti, mit koutrollierender leererSaite.

1

Glissements uniformed de l'accord deseptieme diminuee au moyende deuxdoigts sur deux cordes.

Glissements du ler-gme, 2«ie.3me et3me-4me doigt en quintes diminuees,avec controle d'une corde a, vide.! BWnBi

*l 2 *m mw ~w m ~w 2

% s:0-G>-

*" 'ill 132 ° a * "

»

jJ J i j F P 1^ JtnyF^ 1 * iI

i p^gff, m m.

z = t• m ga

%

f^Khiii ^» l» to

I2j» (2-

2

frP ifrF iTte;#-©

033 ° ' 3

3 . 2

2 3

2 k*£jg Jfcgg ^fLIII

2 2in2

J HjjpddsJi=K • & —e-0-& '^ f ]$2i' '" *

* a d» a3 3

3 8

3,3 3

I i3 , 8

^^gTV 3

1 3 33 3 U , o 3 343 m 4 /a "f ^_\7._0 4 p*_

i2fc fc§ «-«-s «-«tS06 0-0C&-

-0-& W^ 004

n

o

3

4 O 1 %

I3

* PI

rt fllfete^fe^^m^zL fees £££ teaHH :«¥Jt5:=E

¥Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 235: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

23

n

1

I J2 •

a n n3 | 3 * 1 1

2

i

c p i j#r g i

•-c- to v * J a

#*l©—o o o 3 jjj 3 O

4_^—I _* «o o

#J—

o 12 »-» #4g-g E. 010 ,

1

irf Pf CJ,

tt**^-wis -mis-

jure Hff iiHpfjf fi»ppp i ff jifffiffJ

'' f ' j ' j ' 'l ' '

'' '

'' '

'

•'0-.—

P

i»-s>

1*EIE^ ]•-©

3 3o-

3, Q 3m

O 3ra3

O

3

3 O 3a I, 3

IV

%•-»-&

£*-s

f?

4 *

#-1©3

Q 0-fS-P-&r

«

i j r«p i j r£•-s- •-S-

# #--(2.#-#-•(2-

• * <2 4 | 4

£wi£ t*j=fi^UpJg^Eg4 i2.

4 42-

1 He:blsi Hi1

. *,_£*

jgp

ifitrF iitoN #-»-&3;,j

ijfp ij«rp i Jfp"« O I O TT '.> O ' I

3.M #-ȣ

»-#-& »-»-&

O 3 o3

II,1

°'

3° n 's °

p3 1 "•"tS1- o 1 3 -0--0S>- „ 3 „

I |3 I 3 3

~, 3 i 3 fi_l—

J

III i i i i 8 I i.,8 lAI ~ i. ,8 .

jjJ i |jJ i f!.J=H|jJii^ i|JJJ i iJ=l iJJJi Jri.^W^e^

j^l^ppl^FffPpp^i ,-. j(i i g. i ,-. » A*-. «4«fi A**pwiSr "-#--» Ful^r *--»-g- ifc&& "-»-»"» nfeg&* 1 =» 3 I i»-&

0- 4T©-

o

,

3

4,. * Itif *,« * a»* i** «4

ppf.fiiPrriptff

|

Trf|TT H~ M I 4~^ 4 4~~

#-12.£*nfp. i JTP

i^f i#

£n 4 o

3 III 3 3

ffifrntrnkJip,- p^ni^^i ivfH^ ii* ^ ~

« n n o O i" 4

Sevcik Op.ll.xr

Page 236: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

24

Shifting of the chord of the diminishedseventh in octaves, with the 1SJ" and 4th

finger, with controlling open string.

7Ruckungen des verminderten Sep-timenakkordes in Oktaven fnit dem1. und 4. Finger^ mit kontrollieren-

der leerer Saite.

Glissements de 1'accord de septiemediminuee en octaves au moyen du leJet du 4n2e doigt, avec controle d'une

corde a vide.

IVmm—s

1

4

ISS

ir=F* Z- ^M ^: ^rW

3b:5

H * =: l> f# *» 3 "

1 o 1

m g # £2.1 k& fe^ i is:

4t» « &^: n ^: n ^: n -: n

#^= a. #:

in H

4

m—S: k

42.

4•

O o,

*I,

J JrJ

|

4

-•-^frm. .

-fa-

p. .P- ft

3

m *

=> fT

1 — 1

•—

1 ^

—" I J I

11

f

O 1

*-O

'-«. * P- te o ^ k o -P-

^ :

i

o o1

4 4J,_• 0L

1

'* -* -f2- £21

# * k

1

4'# # -P- & £#^¥ft**£

in

-0- £ 1 :

e:|

r'

E * -

* tfe:v—b

a. #"-0- -

9 n

1

m

-

9

&n

- -

W '

77

JgU w => ff

1

? fc* ofem w

1 11 r 1

0^=A fe-

rn &—

&

te JJ=i£ fc=t JzJfe k

=^gP^fe*

I 1H = *•—

&

o o o o

«J »**• k o -P- feo# .— O •—

JK=2

^ #P o £ te o #

p==

SevcikOp.U.XI

Page 237: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

25

mO O 4 , Q O I O O

%m ZT

o o

o o rr m i4, O

«-•

4

«i r t r

: #±3«-•

'illIS** 11 ' O 1

42 ,

i i ffiifI iEg**

\s- m f*=T§K#i?9 »• "ST1 1 1 1

O O m

-^h^s—1—

'

0—0—¥• • r? "

nm..m..P*• • P-r-0-0-

2

H^4

-r>-m~+$-\• p

4

F4

• ¥=•-Fl

os 9 9 = ^•-•-9 1

:m-*j•—•-Gh-^9 9

o

t^T"

9"

o o

0-5o

*o o o

•-

o o

r

o

A 4it

4• • ^3

4A. .a.

4«.J2.

4ft-p.

if

4• # -7

4H4

» # f?

44

f-f-p- H • • ov fl V ti frJr_r«H w it II Wvu V P ft ft V V ft ft

ft)1 1

ol 2

O1 5

O1

<2

O 1 1

*1 o

\O

i *o

1•o

1P

1 4ftP-

£1 -ap. *^ #£^ 4C42.

#--*--£- *P £££•-»

tee•-&

#-p•

9 — 9 0-0-&9-9-9-0-

o

f\

30- S>-

0-»r*

« A.p*<£>--

JL 2.

9—-

-0--•--© 3-p-•-"S-

I#--» *-* £•

-p-•--p-

w^9 9 . 9 * V ** 9 » * * 9 9 <3 5 ff -v 3 t* 'y-

=HIV O O O O O O 1 O O O O

***te#fiteeg |if tee te#n4

^ rjr if r firj^

1 1

nP--0--&- o o

p

1 S o o - 00

Aii'.'rifFFii'.T Tm

O, ,4 O 4 O

^^

F- ' h r1

P 1 r P r 1 p,J

1 1 o 1

3atih K ?"SJ 3 J 9 W 2

If * f1 1

Pm,4 1

%r^:

mm

,|4

Oil!

t=1 fe#a!-&m^ P msEZ

ff5"

IV• o ^V^

rv1

rv rv

^ l

) irjHiJr ifiiPFi"pJr 'i

i Jiy1

J'J

1Jd

1J '?

1

l^^*0 O^O o" O O O 11 O O^O* -^^^ TV TV

m.44 4,

** o ° TV o Lm

jji'i.vjii'i'i'iijiTfiir j ji

rv

nr,4

IV o jv o 00 0000 001 001 00

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 238: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

26

The chord of the diminished seventh

shifted in thirds with the fst and 3 r.d

finger, with controlling' open string.

8.Ber uerminderte Septimenakkordin it Terzenriicknngen des 1. mid H.

Fingers, mit kontrottierender leerer

Saite.

Glissements de l'accord de septiemediminuee en tierces au moyen du le_r

et du S^doigt, avec controle d'unecorde a vide.

ml

s ^i. aeE 3te«#

lP TO 9«•««p tt«^ 'f:«- — 3

i

iv m _3- ^ 3i

iv m'

IV IV "-s^^iv^iv-sff=f— 3 —

f J Jy}^«u lbjf

1 3

PPK IfbA ^g£Jg|jggj; bffft3? ff^

C*te

1*3#^f^:

o oB=

IV^ IV3 3 O On

p f^y^^»g ;

O 3 O O

1 ,1

o o

1

o o

o o&rr% M-g fff^fff^L §eB.P1 3|^-3^**J

ft

f fpffffffffi^f#ffir r j rF rTfffffffj^ ff

3 03 03 03 03 03 3_

o oO O O O

nt 1

zpr JJ^lflfS . JJ^1 o

^F«Fi

a3 3^ in !?T 3 <r~

•-» £#113' 003 1 3 1m ni

3in

O 1 8 1 3 1| 3 I 1 3 13 Q 1 1I . ! I

2.^S #j»j»Hi i g i#. hs©:ne

iOOP 3 3 1

IV3

IV1 3

ml. 13 1 1 O 1

3 » M3^ $m$ m g lff>j r> ltf fe^ii*

rfTff fs o o

i

ig^r 3&rr ^

4 O O

J J L ' J J L ' U

o o

n, i

3 3 3O O 3

'-^P- +-m #s#IVin3

IVm3 J

L«f2-

g PO O o o s o o

n1

b o

i

o o ° o o

q a a

** #=* w r*i **

3 ~^~.,

O 3^ 3O

» 3O

1

Jil

=r 3

O

1

1»^PJjJ l fj f

l j^IT"* L • !

3 * ' 3

3mni

ni

eP-n

^ .^ . ftt

pp. pr^ . fit^^

om °3m o

^pffffTT^ i

^ ft?Fi't^pH? i fr^ if. r f*i f#^ » «

3 3 3o o rr hr rr

o o o o o o

Sevcik Op.U.XI

g<fff fee

»-p"

o o

Page 239: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

27

a*£ *»*£y.

ffi

frf i prfi#Mpifrf|

ff^ff|

fff|

»rgo o

1

/f r i i*FFT i

ffr itff

i

fff i

»ff§gg r gfml3 TT^

3 I-

L L~^ L 3 L 3 I 3 I 3

*a &££^£ i'** .*-Hio 3

o '• O

O 1

n n

o o o o o o o . o o o

3in

n1""i3 13 #13

ii1

, i I

1„ I i I

,

aI

1,ii

1 3 Jkm 8a.ji * 3

.

1I

^tTOtW 1 W 'l' I

1"."! ""tl1 '".'Mil!

iw*$3 3 3 3333 3 ° 3

m °

A ° 11 'i 1 I

1, i

<

. 1|

1 1| | |

1,

| |

1 1, ,1

* 3 3 3

o o o o

3TV

mQ| q t

i| |

t l o o o i °i -

i i i

i i 1i i

1i

1 °i

iij ty i r rug i r r i

!i r ni'i IHHi§p J <

J ij »

r

J

< r r r^ »iVj J ?

j'

1 3 T 'i Tr»3 o O 00300 3flMJ^yug

9.

O 3 OIV

0^3 1

The chord of the diminished seventh

shifted in thirds with the S 1!^ and 4**1

finger, with controlling open string.

2?«r verminderte Septimenakkordtnit Terzenriicknng des 3. und 4.Fin-gers, mit kontrollierender leerer Sai-te.

IV IV

O O 2 4 3,

4,,

,8 *,13 4

£ i2 o

Glissements de l'accord de septiemediminuee en tierces au moyen du 2nJe

et du 4n2e doigt, avee controle d'unecorde a vide.

m3

,

3

J»JJglE jff[jJ»»M^1.3EE Es=E**a 't rg" 35; 'J j 1

'33; '**4OO OO 004QO OO ^a 34 4

n n 5

~ 4 4 • 4 - 41

o fUo orv

v

n

W~ m m00 °° 00 'oo to °° to

^l^W^l^ 3

«=*t frrf i

WHT #=* *=*— ^1—' ^1 ' F ^T '—I

1£ #=*a 4o

4- 4HI HI

m

i

m3

in

2

^r^r^rf i frpir^irttr ^

£*£e :=* ;? *giter m r 4

o o

3

4~f^ f 1 1 no oo m o

^f^i^i^^fff^fi

^ifrr^ffi

ffffrf^rrio o o o

Seveik Op.ll.XI

Page 240: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

38

in2

m

i

m2

m4 2

2.3fei=Efe tep !feE= j i j^^ i^p^ i i'f r f

g

iyI'r^H^p•-•

^* #*- # #» ## is 4 T^T'

'*' IV

'

4IV IV

22

, i i2 S3 2 8

L_ |2.

3

^ j giH*f^g r r |

NfTTT^^ ' j J k HH^f-

2 3

ww^ fc<F<F^ :

4 1

IV.

— . 4 4 II '4 1 —

.

4

o o,

& fv "s*" rv -^ 4

ff^g

1444 O O O O OO OO 00

^ ;^4*«HkN^PPgb#^^iA^g*« ff^YTifff | Tffiff:

4" 3 4 4~

*

4*^14 , 3

Yf a*ffpffp;*ffp ,ff p . a ? i jpp^f|

fJ|n§i^f4 O 4 O 4 O 4 O 5 O 4 o~

o o,O O 3

o o

tff Fif feIf ft

2 Ll3

JJ^ iiy

i 00 i 3 4 I*'

'

in. .

gppp Si «=f ^Pg§P 2 4 O O 4

inO o

n2

3.3^ I• a _==:^^feiH^^p ifSr'P' i

tfr^ftP^««p ifrf<(*fTT i

' |

fflT*rtfffO |4 4

Wrfl'iT

m)

in° ° 4 I

3I

4 ^j^i^-g-l 411 J 4 I

3 3|°,2I3 4

n4 If 1,2 fe^Afean^gj,

fpff*TF4 L 4L P

'4 bO 4 O O 4O O O O 4

O O 4 444 4 O , O4 "" O O

,

* OI L_

in m2

I.,2 2 2

»jiiJji

J»J l ) i rjrn-c'.f i rji' i J|iJ.)iii

^ji lJJJiffl'i7rrifPi'

4 IV TV 4 TV IV

O O 2 O, 2 2

4IV

m lit

Q Q O,

,

I|

| ,

3 3 8 2 2, | |

I „8

, , I , I I I ,

8 3,Ji

3,

8, I

g»^iJ |W l CI!L'n!rX |

gl!L,|WW^ l»^L

J|CfL'Tri: ' gPL'^

2 3

Sg '

II fff '

1I L

'

I I 41

'

I1 E 'I I KJ "09 zff4 3 * 4 00^00 4 33* ff 4

,2

pIV °

w ° IV °2

-

[ I

- 1 1 -» II : - »' - » M -

[ P:

I II = 1 I I = 1 I I == 1

I I =£ I I

4 „ 4 rr^ cr^ 144 r~~4 5 4 4 4 400 O O O O o

m, i

fqlfrfiltti

ftf i^Ti'frr fff i^ff^^fi

fff4 4 1

o o4 4

o o o o o o o

Sevcik.Op.il. XI

Page 241: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

10.

The chord of the diminished seventh

shifted in sixths with the 1st-2^ 2nd.

3 rd and 3 r.d - 4th finger, with controll-

ing open string.

Sextenriickung des vermindertenSeptimenakkordes mti dem l.-2.,2r

3. und 3.-4. Finger, mit kontroEie -

render leerer Saite.

29

Glissements de l'aceord de septieme di-

minuee en sixtes au moyen du leJc-2*$B)

3me.3me et 3me.4me (ioigt, avec con-

trole d'une corde a vide.

o o

'• m f r Ko ova.

1 1

2

1 j=jA O \>CL

ME*001 001 o o 1 001 001

1=#

3 3 n£ v

\4-

fc*3

t=*O O ' 3

i&

00s 003 002 o o o o

ji4

g;s>

3

f-f-

4

g: k

n3

«. :

4

#"

n3•- -

n3 ft

4a.

Eft

3•- -

4

k3 :

p. jk :

4

g3

f—f-

4

g5"

~ffi I'

3 O O

^ « 1 >(*3 1

f•— s>

+—

&

ms

n

#i fe

£^i^

21*

s- •—

s

«— s>

/s 3 4 3 4 3 k4

m3

1

ff

n4

g;

3

• • "

4

gf7

3

#

4

g 3 k4

p.3 4

p& _ji_ 1 * n> Hr» fl tt* m 5» H a =j hi

ff

3 3

#—«—

s

•—s-

ii:W =r~f ^^¥f

n is: *—

s

«—•—©1

ff

i=J

in; is

f^s

T^lf ¥¥— — 3

Sevcik Op.U. XI

Page 242: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

30

i00

n2

m <3-

u3

n2

^ t=£ e * 4 J2. • * (2 #—(•—p-

2.»o o rr

o o

p—

r

o oo o

o o o o o o o o

3

~7Jk—*—

*

-^s

3# ©—[4

3

• •3

e. .s. :

& Z3

3

0. . .B.

S> 1

3

*- f ft

3

• * ?3—

1

& n

If j • rJ'

1• 0^©—2

• f4= 2 3 • • b=M=l2

• 0As>—

|

3

#

& # s * £ £ £m. m. a.

ii , F f i &^o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

3O O

a 1 a1

£ '

I

J J £1

*—

2

£2.^^—ptf-

1

21 ȣ 1 :

2

1 F • •— 5

gp 5 3 r'

• »00 • •O

•O

* 5=t='o

j *—1

u

O O

3 3

a3

ip- 3 i a

3

• • -

2

a. .

2

3

3 % _

3

to to

• J J° °

4

3• • '

4

3

e. .%:s

3 "

3

ft .3

• p'

4

*53 £* rf ii

004^J

'0

OQ2 O O 3 O Orv

. 1IV1 002

ffPff % fHrr -0O O

f=fo o nso o

o o o o

f fu3 3

rr o o

•— 3- &-0

O O"0—o o o o Xo o

° °4

3

1

g3 4 3

&—1

44 3

O= • #

42. 3

9 m4?

3 rn-r5—1

^ r r te* —

#1

— •O

•O O

•O

i

1

9——e

' $ $ "—

1

Sevcik Op.U. XI

Page 243: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

31

£M #- #- :£: *e3E

*if§r

iA A -(2-

1 fe

i3.3H& P^ zzei ill i iii ioooo oo oo oo oo oo o o

mo o

3 u* * &: te £« £ £ 4S.

^=^=

2 2o o o o O .0

2O O O O o o

4* «: & *£ -E. ,f±T

:= :=

* * -(2- •—£ £ £ A- A. £_ Li

:= := := ft£ f £ fti £ £

P ^o o o o o. o oo 00 oo oo o o

o o

s wo o.

in2

m2

m, 2

C3=' B c r ^ *r r> < r P ^^^o o o o o o o o o o o o

O „ 2m1

1 O O o o

in1

3 m,i

*fTt if pF I f'r'io o o o o o o o

O O ,, 4m3^

in. 3 —3-

ni u*3 ff£#- 1»- -»

i %c c r

i

*g p P^^ T3EF*o o o o o o oo oo oo oo

o o

<fottf J

m2

m2

m,, 2

yr=g=^^^^^n^^ OT i p p »J i r^

o o "io o O I o o O O 1 o o o o

in3

m3

m3

° * ° ° nr ° ° £r ° ° iv

%^r r F i ? fn ^r^

O O " 2O O o o "3 o o 2

IVo o

m m4

=i^i'rr»HW'

ii 1 1 u ' i' nU'"eM "O o ^ ff

3 OO 3 003 O O JL O O 3 °° 0^3

Sevcik Op.U.XI

Page 244: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

32

The chord of the diminished seventh

while a finger remains on the string.

11.

Der uerini/iderte Sepfivienakkord

mit Liegeitlassert der Finger.

L'accord de septieme diminuee, un

doigt restant pose sur la corde.

i. fe« 9 J JnJ iJ is*-«-«—• *«

gpffS igg *m §jjaWrr if^I ^#**#

a 4 ZZ'Z' 4lrJ 1—

r^l3^Q"f •- •-»-»

2

4 4 k«#a#aV ff# # # « « «

3

-fes

2

Hl-:_« 1

-•-••"»-

"J

; —' • 0a

-

-•--•-0

-0-0 f f f L*-0-0—0

1

-•—

o o o

wo o^^ ppp0-9-00-0-0

o o o

n

H fc* # # , a •fcf

\>4 ff Tff f¥« fcf ff fff g

1'# -* M- *- -*• A

f o o o o o o

mO O O 4 3

in »

n3_

IIf III Eg Esa I *ppg p cc p

injf^p injj ji?

O O O 4

ino o o

3 4

O O

FiQrF CLrrir-T

"-' I 4 .

fjOP- £l*4=E igf B

3 -3-3 3-

frffff^ff^fff.^f^ .fFmf.frffff^ff3 2_

O 4

qf_ r

frtTf,*fff fffitr^fff?

'*-*-*. *-

%3 3.

g - 1±ff*=»=£»=»=*=[

O 4 O 4 O 4

Sevcik Op. II. XI

Page 245: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

33

9 fL («

"ft

o o

^S '3"

« ft ,

3 ft^ ¥ffio o

ift, m m m, m I rfcg

*ff=f

o o o ff 1ft-p9-0 ttt

u3

9 'A» ft_ft_gft»-•—» ^ £ fff .rrrfff»—•

O O 1_

o o o

0—0—0-

o o o

(»)-

# #- •*-

1 ft—

»

P „ 0-4 *=*=* 0—00-0—0 0—9^j-

o o oo o o

A f~) 2 2

if? J J J [J r lffr_-' f*'*'

" J *" d dr*.

1 ' J * d Ji "J W d '^r"^^ * ^ "

o o o 4LJ ^ # * 4_ ^^ *** 4

1 i

m2-

• 3 o i ===: o a4

£*

i

in3_

*=*=* ^fJ^IJ^^Jll S 1g<i|ggfl-i^^

3

ft-ft-ft

P «f=r^4 * * * U 1

M—'

' 4^*=I=Ifl??-? o i_o_ O O

i

l 2 n m m m_ m_ A.

~~_ —-— J J J '

3 4 " '— 9 1— 3

O O O i U—I

rft ft

O O O

-N1

2

*_ ,

ft- r E *ji

1

ft Ml^*

.

M*rft .ft i

K-p—

«

—0--•1

£j • •

o

•—— ^-—11-

3 4 • *-* *—3 i •

-1 $—

'

1

O

(»)-

ft ft- ft. -ft Ait ft— ft— ft fcjftft f ggg

3 1 * * I 4O O

m•—•—•

o o

Sevcik Op.U. XI

Page 246: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

34

3. asP ^m o 4

:t:t $* »-JJJ 3NEE*#*

o i- o o o

o _____ 2

JtAl III #AA m^m^m^m #£ £ f £ £ £ #£££#£## fe

3 4=

£#tii

o o o o o o

:«=e=E

o o o

*g **ttf f I *** ** * ^g-gg-J^

fei » p »£ 3

o o o o o o

Ipm i»=z»=e

o o o

jtfj J J^j_ l#«Q j.J]j] s Up J J

jj.|o o o

Isi!#• J I=bM iii 5 i i Itff I f^^^ P ' * ' 4

o o o i a

• mmo o o

ffl n [—1 I a

o o o o o o IV O O O 4

IV

O O O 3-

Ji^l^aiTi J l^j HHffi^II I1

• * * -d3 !o o o

n3-

^ P fSff f (|

j 3 3 1^ fgg!jf#

m m m

rf'wftm rIr[rr i

frr'ffr ijHrrr

i

i

jffff i 'gf f [/r ij i ,u ii'u i nMi U i

oFi.,ni,jO H 3

1 o 3 O 4 1

Seveik Op.U. XI

Page 247: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

12.The chord of the diminished seventh

on two string's, with finger exercises.

Der verminderte Septimenakkordanf zwei Satten, wit Fingeriibun-

gen.

35

L'accord de septieme diminue'e surdeux cordes, avee exercises pour les

doigts.

PH *1. 3^4^1-11 frffrTfr «f r r r r^rr f 44 C±g

Li!, 3 1 3 3 4o i J 5_i im

m sS^P« =5=? #—=—1»

lr #r4 3 4 1 4 3

IV , 4 3

ms -- C W P «F 1 ?fr - g6 f- r I Bb r S rV§EE S'l» 0-

4 31 3_

rv

n

• ^ f=*=# *

(=* W=m- mo o i a=

nr3 4 3 4

n3_

•C0-

^^ i * p4 3 1

O O 1 3 4 3

m 14 1

O O

Po o '-* *

*"* d 4 d1

i=N U#p »

4" 33 4

n

^ » _,. I

*_ m :^~m fi«E fff ,«ff^*^q«

4 34

1

4 3

SevcikOp.ll.XI

Page 248: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

36

2. 33E —

dj-w •—»"*—

*

o o 13 13 4 3 4 IT O O l

n2_

is--©-

SiFux-

ff*0^

4 3 4 1 O O4 3

m

in

SHI ¥^f^r __4 1_

4 3 mo o

O O 2.

1 4 4 3

IV1

3?' '—J

,3 13 4 3 3 4

n s-

H tfc ;i«f #to,g a g

<»—=—g- # # «— 9 £MI t^U-/O O 1_4 3

4 1 O O

1 8-

^ £ ft 0— 4E 4^1£o o

3 4 3 4 3

2

«__* 1 r m M. ^ M.

tlfi

MruliO O

3 4 3 4 4 3 4 1

SevcikOp.ll.XI

Page 249: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

37

3. 3PI=i=^«o o

3^ 4 1 L ' ' 4 3 I I I Sh 3—^

1 3.IP :e=e

o o

*•— »-

1 3 4

3^ *~V^ ^i

8 —

^ ^_ 1 4 4 34 3O O

3

frrff rii

rfrfT i rfrfT f ^ fi

f^ f ffe4 1 4 3

n

O O 3 o o *

3Xi • _ •

rr±1 3

4 3 4 1

**!mmmE$k>

£ f1

4

3

4 1 4 3

in1

n

C #f f#f IvjffTTI i£^

(D-O O 1-

1 3f—3*

4 1

O O S-a « 1^^^^^^^^TO ff° 1

m m8-

i ig i i° _4-LJ r '

J ° ° iv * t

~rr

*T -o-

4 1 3 4 4 1 4 3

Sevoik Op.U.XI

Page 250: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

38

13.

The preceding finger-exercises

through the positions.

Die vorfiergehendenFirtgeriibungen

durch die Lagen.L'exercice precedent parcourant

toutes les positions.

1. ^^2 2

nr2 2_

n ffi*SFftr*4 3 4 3

M +-•-

m* 3-

Pi 1=8=1—3¥= st=±#p-^—p-* * 8 Ujg|, 5w^f^= w *_! Ti !— 3

4 3

°, 2-

4 3 r

I#^^ .2_£ i

*r£'f a

4 3 3 4

^r^. g p f , 'ylr^ !4W? £ff f^f£ l>

1$« i

4 3 3 3 4 3 8_4_ 3 3 i.

£ i s ^= ^^4 3

M ^m 2 . 2

sp4 3

k

n

r4~^J M, s * 43' '-^-4.

m * in

2

it 8 18

n 4 3

frf^fr F F r 1tip} P 1^ "rTr J^ f ^ I 4

4 3 13

3_ \J» ®3 n

Sevuik Op.ll.XI

Page 251: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

39

2.3&E & 3=i^3O

¥J4 3

mY%%

ni2^—

.

I J ^ 3 -->?— |

*i rrrFr Hr r MTrrrffT

|

Frr i rpr |gjig«7 4 3 » 4 3 4 ~4 3

1a 3 jj 4 3 I—

"

J^|

2 ?^^p ^3 n 4 3 4 3 TT

O 2-

in3 2

fcfe[>m a9 r74 3 4

4 3

anr

21 2-

PNMN £m i^E*f r r ' "

r3 TIT UE 3__4_ 3

4 3

J=fci

2 O O

*=0 -*-tb:

4 3 LLJ»

4t-e-

(S -9- uff i fff .HrrTrf fT

a a

4\3 4 3 4 3

iter riffbc# # ?r^&

2_2-^ a £ griff-4— —

3

-4 3-4 3 4 3

S

>T>f fT iTrfrffT |

Pr f- , ^ PN^#9-0- O

3 I 4 3 4 33 * =*

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 252: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

40

3. ^FF ftf i tfm4 3M T> f f f

ri«

4 3 3 4 3

$ ^m-ft -ft &. ^-ft ttf- -^,:_ .^. — .^ :

*£ fti'i^r*3_3-^ teTjfe * ^--5>. **

£§§£=114 3 3 4. 3 4 3 x 3- 4 3

1 8—L.

$

2 a-

i2. J8-

"~—I^\ *: * * * i.tf f

i f j r4 3 3__ 4 4 3

&izp B2^-~3

J=g^^^s3 4_ ^3

4 34 3

IT

ft»^TF^-r-p-<i #rf f i^pTr FFf bgfesi

iM§ #—1»

4 3

3 3-8 3~

^^O O

4 31 3= 4 3

j °l

• S^-4m

| (

8^, 3

8*^ «d 1 ftjJ 3

34 3

i f=j*fJ d l it^-r-^. *i

-J * ' M^ *=:^ w

i_3 r n s

4 34 3

tS4 3

Sevcik Op.ll.XI

Page 253: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

13 a

Exercises in the different positions

on the broken chord of the diminished

seventh on two strings in single stops.

Keeping the fingers on the strings.

Lageniibung in gebrochenen

verminderten Septimenakkor

-

den auf zwei Saiten in einfa -

chen Griffen. Liegenlassen derFinger.

2

41

Exercices dans differentes positions sur l'ac-

cord bris6 deseptieme diminuee sur deux

cordes en cordes simples. Les doigts

restant poses sur la corde.

jnjjJi r«Jj ^r i^ r rr i r*Jj^r i

J JiJitJJ s

n i PpP^^PPafci y^gs^ Lrr irAn r' 'iVJ. 1 ^i*

Sevcik Op.H.Xl

Page 254: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

42

The preeeeding exercise in double-

stops.

14.

Die vorhergehende Ubung in Dofi-

pelgriffen.

L'exereiee precedent en doubles cor-

des.

fj pff ipfff

—a—~™ 7.^-^—

: :

# 0- *-

th *Efi %£^ S £ * * & M.M.

S^pKti§1. 3&3 4 3 3 4 3

1 13 8 3 314 3 1

^Wf ijEjfe t e^iC ttmf?£ ** wnmi

Usin i

O 33 3 3

*- »— ins u ' titIo 4 ' ;—

'

• V 4 Br^•4 •o 5. ,_:

nrl HI 2 iIV 1

jva

^ a 3 i 1HI '3 Dl8 U 3 3IV 4 IV4 1 4

ff^*" bvvfr

4 4 m 4

^p.^fgf jfl^ggg > #Jt -(2.(2

tm iiwH3m 4

3 14

o o ##f*ff ;=!>;

LJ 'I I H '£«E^e

<N*8. <K"Wfflfffl*

s ^ %m***u $£££$& im.

^ff p i

fff#F iTfff i

rfrr|f^

3 4 'l 2 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 1 4 3

m2 .,

3

3 I—I jH '

'3 I—J ft'"'' ' L,l"J

I jj'g

4 1 3 3 TTT 3

^4 «w|K=E7=|g-

t^1 n sLI3

13 IV3

Ji

#g r r#gi#i».«P'Mo i

J J7S Tn33Tl,i^3Mdj> ;

insrv3

Seveik Op.ll. XI

Page 255: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

The broken chord of the diminished

seventh, ascending and descending, on

two strings in single stops, the fin -

gers shifting by half positions to the

7t"position.

15.

Gebrochene verminderten Sep-timenakkorde auf zwei Saiten in

einfachen Griffen, mit Vorriicken

der Finger in halben Lagen bis zur

7. Lage, auf und absteigend.

43

L'accord de septieme diminuee, mon-tant et descendant, sur deux eordes

en eordes simples. Les doigts avan-

cent par demi- positions jusqu'ala

7 !Se position.

. F#rpf I p rn Jin,, l ,i n lirpttrTfr ntr„flJjr|J n . n 3

gjgff „8-

m «iggll

#

tfrrrBti* 3 frfrfi

%rrf|crcr irj^r

n nr

2

n

* #£.e#**£i «r rf

*-rr^^r jgjrrf i

FrfT|^.j j j] r i

r^nIwit

nr

3-

flr.ptfrpfiO^rl

nEPS

Wl oE- 3n3-

in

i3-

JjaJ] JiTiiJ

J[r

IS £3^

n

m3nr n i

Sevcik Op.U.XI

Page 256: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

44

The preceeding exercise on two strings

in double stops.

16.

Die vorhergehende Ubung aufzwei Saiten in Doppelgriffen.

L'exercice precedent sur deux cordes

en doubles cordes.

ttf g gsP m m>tt

l

id ii^ •—• m-z&z

I

n3

,1

nm

3

inIV

in n

i

mIV

Mm gf^ii

n31

nm

mIV

i m#^#

in

31

nm3

, 1

inIV

{ gap IipPmIV

nm31

In31

mIV

nm

i

n

j f^^ i#p j i ^f

<s^

^3fcmIV

nmi

n

p,/p e

mIV

n i—i ' i

m n1 o 2

f"r i p^f iH^i ^A#« S*:

35* £fe=P a9 9

#*

i

3

r».,f P8 sea* ts

lj^ll" u># #

Ef'fwyI *?

HeeIS¥ ¥I

n31m

nin31

m3^

III

gfffef

nin

31MP

mIV3

inIV

nm31

I

n

m^p*%

In ^i fep:£¥IV

inIV

nm

i

n3.1_

nm\>*H+-

1 * ^f— -———

3

3.3BE<5*Hf P*«

O 3_

££#PI m

nm

*IV

31

SBf # 7=(g-

IVi

n3_i

n

3_1.

3* * ££PI

n

3I,

J.^i

iT CJ

nm3

mIV31

ff=ff #£3£mIV

nm31

In31

mIV

Sevcik Op.U.XI

^^nmm rzgz.

»f FT 1

mrv31

nin31,

I

n

i

n

¥4

g ^*P '

j i

mIV

nm

i

Page 257: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Exercises for the various positions with

different combinations of the stops of

the chord of the diminished seventh on

two strings; with controlling open string.

16*

Lageniibung tnit verschieden kom-

binierten Griffen des verminderten

Septimenakkordes auf zwei Saiten,

mit kontrollierender leerer Satte.

45

Exereicesdansdifferentes positions en dou-

bles cordes avec diverses combinaisons de

doigte" pour l'accord de septieme diminuee,

avec controle d'une corde a vide.

O O . O O 3 O On* O O 3E

! m, 8 -m- u,_? 3 a * -m- ~£- -0-

E-A fir\ 6

3 1 I 1

3

O O,

O O OO OO O O 3 00 OO 00

iff**- m * ttfrm M ff£ °- 1 '3

4 3|

5 *«*f.fthJ^ ,i.«^gg .*^aFF? i T

ai'

n ^^^fO O , O O O O O o

43| 1

o o

«T O O O O O 1O a

JrimtJ O O 3 ~ ^o 3 o O a

o o100 004 00 in

3 ,31 ? ..«

Jf^ 'iPPPf 'ei^'cfrErf^EPrWr ietfefA-D -^s-(^

oo OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO

#P 1 1 J] i#gg

#C Ife!^ ] 1i^ggpi^ J

I

Ih if fF^rJ

00 00 3 o o 31

(3).

— o o d- 00

*H3 O O 3 O O 3 O O 3 _

D-

IV IV

f\ O O 1 O O 3

n /L. 1* n HuO O 4 3

31 3 *

--=hH 1 •2 13 * 3

31 s-

&' fl^' Cr#

0.0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

^^3, OQl 3 4IV

3 O 33 4

^ddJI^ |P^^IV3 \ 2 i *L

1

3_ * 31 a x

i » /» , J-JI V-i I

H L i

fInO O O O

O O *, 3 1 3

O O O U 00

^TOPI

IV3_ 1 8, 1 3

IV 4

j 1 1 h^lj j^p 'if** *#**

1^#» I p . jt°g Iff

StJ^pa#4 3

1 3*l 1^

««» 1 j Vp II

r *J P ft"p

r O O 3_ o o a O O 3_

Sevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 258: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

46

Shifting of the chord of the dimin-ished seventh by means of stretch-

ing the 4th and 11* finger.

O O m O O '

17Ruchungen des.yerminderten Septimen-akkordes tnit Ubergreifen des 4.und 1.

4 Fingers,

Glissements de l'aeeord de septieme dimi-

nuee avec extension du4me et du lerdoigt

E-A mEJlJlgg Jl•J 2- T±

u i_ = o O,1 O O il_ O o -Wh u u i n u 1

**te S.Jfe

I 3

E*f«f I'yfrff f i ff

L4 1-as o~5" "o~S oo

Mt** .*et*ttf. i Jf « «f!n|Lnfc

o_2 «i°

o~o" u u 4 JTo

J?*? ,J? +J*S-

oo ob" oo oo o o o-o o o o

-o ^ 6 o

o o

^I

''

I

" g^ ' "* 111 '

o Q' '

QI

QM< I

^l

p

^ ^^ |

^ ^ |ggm^ p poo^^ a

ppp ffi^ffi•J' o*o 4. o " ~

' n

1-'

' '

^rt-i '-. " a^L ' *—!

I '1 j_ " V ' ' '' ' ' «

I ife^^.4^fjj^*.i.g^.^.ategfe.r^

oo " o"-

s> "l?

o o

o o * o o 3 004001 oo 00,: o o m ° °

J^3 J3 *a-d ^^pg^^ pa J i ^EfT Ef r I £f F-tf

j*y»

#%j £,,?:. lie

oo oo oo oooo oo,. ooioo

tig-1 n r£

oo oo oo oo oo oo oo OO4 3

4 1 ' 3 o o

— —«-ff

srE=5f

m,2

Pf g*£ jJ2

fe^gz^grFtfp ^?

P ,'iiW i'Wi.wO o o

it

>P5 Itffg

pi llar Err T Te&

o o o a

i r Efr irfiufo o o o

k-^j * f^*i ^^»=» i#e^g

o o o

4

fit i (7^ i °n> fr*e^Brjpff*- feff ^

O O 1 O O OO*, 0Q1 OO ,QQ iOO IQO 4 1

-m-

g f

V

"fjSevcik Op. 11. XI

Page 259: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Abbreviations and Signs

.

Designation of the Length of the

Bow by means of fractions:

?-|- First, Second, Third, Fourth

Whole Bow.

Half Bow.

First Half.

Second Half.

One Third.

Two Thirds.

Firfet Third.

Second Third.

Third Third.

One Quarter.

Three Quarters.

3. 44 4 4 4

Quarter.

^3-' Second and Third Quarters.

n Down-bow.

V Up-bow. 1)

- Broad Bow.

Short, detached (staccato),

hammered (martele).

" Springing, bounding,

(sautille; spiccato; saltato).

) Lift Bow.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) s)

I First String, E.

H Second String, A.

HI Third String, D.

IV Fourth String, G. 3)

o Open String.

Sul E,_onthe E-string.

l First Finger remains on string.

• The little hook indicates which

finger is to remain on string.

M. Middle of the Bow.

Fr. At the Nut.

Sp. At the Point.

Abkurzungen und Zeichen.

Bezeichnung der Bogenlange durch

Bruchzahlen.

i

I

i

31.

3

a.

31

3

23

1.

3

2.

3

3.

31

434

1.

Ganzer Bogen.

Halber Bogen.

Erste Halfte.

Zweite Halfte.

Ein Brittel des Bogens.

Zwei Brittel den Bogens.

Erstes Brittel.

Zweites Brittel.

Brittes Brittel.

Ein Viertel den Bogens.

Brei Viertel das Bogens.

4 4 4 4* Erstes, zweites, drittes, vier-

2. 3

4

n

v

/

i

n

mrv

o

Sul

l

Fr.

Sp.

tes Viertel des Bogens.

' Zweites und drittes Vie?-tel.

Herunterstrich

.

Hina/ifstrich

.

x)

Breit gestossen (gezogen).

Abgestossen, ge/iatnmert (martele

staccato).

Springend, geworfen (sautille';

spiccato)

.

Bogen fieben.

Kunstpause (Luftpause)^]

Erste Saite, E.

Zweite Saite, A.

Britte Saite, B.

Vierte Saite, G. 3)

Lee?e Saite.

E, Auf der E-Saite.

Liegenlassen des ersten Fingers.

Liegenlassen des Fingers anf wel-

cfien das Hakchen zeigt.

Mitte des Bogens.

Am. Froscn.

An der Spitze.

Abreviations et Signes.

Division de l'archet au moyen de

fractions.

l

ll

31.

33.

313

231.

33.

31

4341. 2,

4 4

3. 3

4

n

V

Tout Parchet.

Demi- archet.

Premiere moitie.

Seconde moitie.

Un tiers de l'archet.

Deux tiers de l'archet.

Premier tiers.

Deuxieme tiers.

Troisieme tiers.

Un quart de l'archet.

Trois quarts de l'archet.

I' I'Premier, deuxieme. troisieme,

quatrieme quart.

Deuxieme et troisieme quart.

Tirez

Poussez. 1)

Largement.

Bref, martele (staccato)

.

" Sautille (spiccato).

) Levez l'archet.

/ Kunstpause (Luftpause) 8)

I Premiere cor.de, Mi.

H Deuxieme corde, La.

HI Troisieme corde, Re.

P7 Quatrieme corde, Sol. 3)

o Corde a vide.

Sul Mi,_ Sur le mi.

l Retenez le premier doigt sur la corde.

i Retenez le doigt indique par le

crochet.

M. Milieu de l'archet.

Fr. Au talon de l'archet.

Sp. A la pointe de l'archet.

1) Unless otherwise indicated, the first

measure begins at the nut.3) Lift Bow and make a brief rest.

3) So practising should be done on strings

not true in the fifths.

') Ohne Sezeiehnung der Rlchtang begi/int

der Anfangstakt iminer am Frosc/i.

~J Bogen heben und kurze Pause wachen.3) Anf nieht qnintenreinen Saiten soil nicht

getibf werden.

*) Paute d'indication speciale on commence

la premiere mesure au talon.

8) Levez l'archet en faisant un bref silence.

3) On ne doit jouer que sur des cordes absolu-

ment jusles.

Page 260: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 261: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 262: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

CONTENTS OFSCHOOL OF INTONATION

By OTAKAR SEVC1K

OPUS II

CLASSIFICATION OF THESUBJECT-MATTER. -

Supplementary*

Part I —Introduction to the 1st Position." Ha —1st Position." lib1 —1st Position." III —1st Position." IV —1st Position.

*Part V—The rhythmic MajorScales from Parts Ha and lib.—Pieces (1st position, Grade I)

with piano.2

" V —Introduction to the 2d-7th Posi-tion. Supplementary: Parts lib,III and IV ; also the 2d violin tothe 29 Duettinos from Parts I, Haand lib.

" Via —2d-7th Position. ) c.,„„i„„„ f„„+" VIb -2d-7th Position, J

Supplementaryf

f40 Bohemian Melodies in the 2d-7th position.

" Vie —2d-7th Position. — 40 BohemianMelodies. Supplementary: PartsVia and VIb.

" VII —2d-7th Position.—Supplementary:Part XII (Introduction to Shift-

ing).

" VIII —2d-7th Position.

" IX —2d-7th Position.]"' X —2d-7th Position. } Supplementary§" XI —2d-7th Position. J

§Part XII—The 2d violin to the 40Bohemian Melodies (Part Vic).—W. A. Mozart, Sonatas for vio-

lin and piano, No. 4, 7, and others.

" XIIs —2d-7th Position.—Introduction toShifting. Supplementary: Sonatasof W. A. Mozart, Nos. 4, 7, andothers.

XIIH

XIV

-Transitional Tone used in Shift-

ing—Diatonic Scales in a Varietyof Forms through 3 Octaves.Supplementary : Concert-studies

:

Rode, Concerto No. 6; Viotti,

Concerto No. 23 ; Pieces fromGrade III.

-Intonation of Double Stops. Sup-plementary: Continuation of Con-cert-studies and Pieces fromGrades III and IV.

1 Because the sense of rhythm varies in indi-viduals, the exercises in Parts Ha and lib maybe studied independently, without keeping pacewith the parallel exercises for the left hand.In this case the omission of these exercises inbowing must be made up in the followingParts.

'-' It is of great importance for the beginner toplay frequently with piano accompaniment.The difference in tone-color between the violinand the piano, the harmonic structure of themusic, the fine nuances in the piano-part, all

tend to guide, even urge, the beginner towardpure intonation, proper crescendos and decres-cendos, and correct accentuation. Thus he is

almost compelled to produce a more beautifultone and to render the music with taste. Forthese reasons he may study, even at an earlystage, in connection with Parts II-IV corre-spondingly easy pieces with piano accompani-ment.

2 To be studied concurrently with Parts Via,VIb, Vic and VII.

4 To be studied concurrently with Parts VIII,IX, X and XI.

EINTEILUNG DESLEHRSTOFFES

llteilung I —Einfiihrung in die erste Lage."

lla —1. Lage.]

lib 1 —1. Lage. I Nebenbei" /// — 1. Lage. f vorzunehmen*

IV —1. Lage. J

*Abt. V—Die rhythmisierten Dur-Tonleitern aus Abt. lla undlib.—Vortragsstiicke ( 1. Lage,

Stufe 1) mil Klavier.2

" F —Einjiihrung in die 2.-7. Lage.Dazu: Abt. lib, 111 und IV,so<wie die zvjeite Violinstimmezu den 29 Duettinen aus Abt. I,

lla und lib.

ARRANGEMENT DESMATIERES.

Via —2.-7. Lage. \VIb —2.-7. Lage. J

Dazu^

f40 bubmiscbe fVeisen in der2.-7. Lage.

Vic —2.-7. Lage.—40 bohmische Wei-sen. Dazu: Abt. Via und VIb.

Ill —2.-7. Lage.—D azu: Abt. XII{Einfiihrung in den Lagenvjech-set).

Fill -^2.-7. Lage.

IX —2.-7. Lage.]X —2.-7. Lage. } Da*u§

XI —2.-7. Lage. J

' §Abt. Xll—Die zweite Violin-

stimme aus den 40 bbhmischenWeisen (Abt. Vic).—W. A.Mozart, Sonaten fur Violineu. Klavier, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

XIIs —2.-7. Lage.—Einfiihrung in denLagenvjechsel. Dazu: Sonatenvon W. A. Mozart, Nr. 4, 7, u. a.

Xlll1 —Lagenverbindungston. Diatoni-sche Tonleitern in verscbiedenerForm durch 3 Obtaven. DazuKonzertstudien : Rode, KonzertNr. 6; Viotti, Konzert Nr. 23und Vortragsstiicke aus der 3.'

Stufe.

XIV —Intonieren der Doppelgriffe.Dazu: Fortsetzung der Konzert-studien und Vortragsstiicke ausder 3. und 4. Stufe.

1 Da die rhythmischen Anlagen nicht bei jeder-mann die gleichen sind, konnen die rhythmischenUebungen aus Abt. lla und lib selbstandig vor-genommen vierden, ohne mit den gleicklaufen-den Uebungen fur die linke Hand gleichen Schritt

zu halten. In diesem Falle jedoch sind diese Bo-geniibungen bei den folgenden Abieilungen nacazu-holen.

2 Haufiges Spielen mit Klavier ist fiir den An-f'dnger von grosster Wichtigkeit. Die Klangver-schiedenheit zviischen Geige und Klavier, die vollenHarmonien des Stiickes, die feine Niiancierung in

der begleitenden Klavierstimme leiien und drdngenden Anfanger zum reinen Intonieren, zum An-schvL-ellen und Abschw'dchen, zum Akzentuieren derTone. Er vjird geradezu gezvmngen den Tonschon zu bilden und das Musibstiick geschmactvollvorzutragen. Deshalb kann man schon neben Abt.II—IV entsprechend leichtere Heine Stiicte mitKlavier vornehmen.

3 Neben Abt. Via, VIb, Vic und VII vorzu-nehmen.

* Neben Abt. Fill, IX, X und XI vorzunehmen.

Partie I

llaIlbi

IIIIV

—Introduction a la premiere posi-

tion.

MatieresSupplemen-

taires.*

•Ire Position. 1—Ire Position. !

—Ire Position.[—Ire Position. J

*Partie V—Les Gammes majeuresrythmiques des Parties lla e*lib.—Compositions (Ire posi-tion, Degre I) avec piano.2

—Introduction a la 2me-7me Po-sition. Matieres supplemen-taires: Parties lib, III et IV;aussi le second violon des 29Duettini des Parties I, Ha etlib.

ViaVIb

Vic

VII

VIIIIXXXI

XII»

XIII

XIV

—2me-7me Position.Matieres

-2me-7me Position.]Supj e

men-

f40 Melodies bohemiennes dansla 2me-7me position.—2me-7me Position.—40 Melodiesbohemiennes. Matieres supplementaires: Parties Via et VIb.—2me-7me Position.—MatieresSupplement aires : Partie XII(Introduction au demanche).—2me-7me Position.—2me-7me Positon. } Matieres—2me-7me Positon. f Supplemen-—2me-7me Positon. J taires.§

§Partie XII—Le second violondes 40 Melodies bohemiennes(Partie Vic).—W. A. Mozart,Sonates pour violon et piano,Nos. 4, 7, etc.—2me-7me Position.—Introduc-

tion au demanche. Matieressupplementaires : W. A. Mo-zart, Sonates pour violon etpiano, Nos. 4, 7, etc.

1—Note de transition.—Gammesdiatoniques en diverses formesparcourant 3 octaves. Matieressupplementaires : £ t u d e s deConcert: Rode, Concert No. 6;Viotti, Concert No. 23; compo-sitions du degre III. .—Intonation des doubles cordes.Matieres supplementaires: Con-tinuation des £tudes de Concertet compositions des degres IIIet IV.

7 Le sens du rythme n'etant pas le meme cheztous les individus, il est possible d'etudier lesexercices rythmiques des Parties Ha et lib in-

dependamment, sans egard aux exercices paral-lels pour la main gauche. Dans ce cas il fautcompleter plus tard ces exercices d'archet pen-dant l'etude des parties suivantes.

2 Pour le commengant il est de la plus grandeimportance de jouer souvent avec accompagne-ment de piano. Le timbre different du violonet du piano, les accords plains de la composi-tion les nuances de l'accompagnement, tout celaconduit, et meme entraine l'eleve a une intona-tion juste, a faire les crescendi et decrescendi, aobserver l'accentuation des notes. Tous cesdetails le forcent a cultiver une belle sonoriteet a interpreter les ceuvres avec gout. Pourcela il peut deja commencer l'etude de piecesfaciles avec piano conjointement aux exercices

des Parties II-IV.3 A etudier conjointement aux Parties Via,

VIb, Vic, VII.4 A etudier conjointement aux Parties VIII,

IX, X, XI.

Page 263: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

w

Page 264: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 265: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3
Page 266: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

Boston Public Library

Central Library, Copley Square

Division of

Reference and Research Services

Music Department

The Date Due Card in the pocket indi-

cates the date on or before which this

book should be returned to the Library.

Please do not remove cards from this

pocket.

Page 267: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY

3 9999 04998111425 3

5KS9" '

Page 268: schoolofintonati3711sevc_bk3

*

* i i

- K :. P"

*>

1

-

:.;»^!

'\£ ^

:#'***!

ijfi^